OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc_2011-10-31/openrisc_2011-10-31/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc_2011-10-31

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-src/] [gdb-7.1/] [bfd/] [elf32-ppc.c] - Blame information for rev 305

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 227 jeremybenn
/* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
3
   2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
   Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
 
6
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
 
8
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11
   (at your option) any later version.
12
 
13
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16
   GNU General Public License for more details.
17
 
18
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19
   along with this program; if not, write to the
20
   Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
21
   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22
 
23
 
24
/* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI.  The
25
   information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI.  It includes
26
   suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
27
   information may also not match.  */
28
 
29
#include "sysdep.h"
30
#include <stdarg.h>
31
#include "bfd.h"
32
#include "bfdlink.h"
33
#include "libbfd.h"
34
#include "elf-bfd.h"
35
#include "elf/ppc.h"
36
#include "elf32-ppc.h"
37
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
38
 
39
/* RELA relocations are used here.  */
40
 
41
static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
42
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
43
static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
44
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
45
 
46
/* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs.  */
47
#define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
48
/* Mask to set RA in memory instructions.  */
49
#define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
50
/* Value to shift register by to insert RA.  */
51
#define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
52
 
53
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54
   section.  */
55
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
56
 
57
/* For old-style PLT.  */
58
/* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots).  */
59
#define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
60
 
61
/* For new-style .glink and .plt.  */
62
#define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
63
#define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE 4*4
64
#define TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE 12*4
65
 
66
/* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker.  */
67
 
68
/* The standard VxWorks PLT entry.  */
69
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
70
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
71
    [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
72
  {
73
    0x3d800000, /* lis     r12,0                 */
74
    0x818c0000, /* lwz     r12,0(r12)            */
75
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr   r12                   */
76
    0x4e800420, /* bctr                          */
77
    0x39600000, /* li      r11,0                 */
78
    0x48000000, /* b       14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
79
    0x60000000, /* nop                           */
80
    0x60000000, /* nop                           */
81
  };
82
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
83
    [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
84
  {
85
    0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
86
    0x818c0000, /* lwz   r12,0(r12) */
87
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
88
    0x4e800420, /* bctr */
89
    0x39600000, /* li    r11,0 */
90
    0x48000000, /* b     14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
91
    0x60000000, /* nop */
92
    0x60000000, /* nop */
93
  };
94
 
95
/* The initial VxWorks PLT entry.  */
96
#define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
97
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
98
    [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
99
  {
100
    0x3d800000, /* lis     r12,0        */
101
    0x398c0000, /* addi    r12,r12,0    */
102
    0x800c0008, /* lwz     r0,8(r12)    */
103
    0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr   r0           */
104
    0x818c0004, /* lwz     r12,4(r12)   */
105
    0x4e800420, /* bctr                 */
106
    0x60000000, /* nop                  */
107
    0x60000000, /* nop                  */
108
  };
109
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
110
    [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
111
  {
112
    0x819e0008, /* lwz   r12,8(r30) */
113
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12        */
114
    0x819e0004, /* lwz   r12,4(r30) */
115
    0x4e800420, /* bctr             */
116
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
117
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
118
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
119
    0x60000000, /* nop              */
120
  };
121
 
122
/* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
123
   .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader.  */
124
 
125
/* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
126
#define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
127
/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
128
#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
129
/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when when creating
130
   a shared library. */
131
#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
132
 
133
/* Some instructions.  */
134
#define ADDIS_11_11     0x3d6b0000
135
#define ADDIS_11_30     0x3d7e0000
136
#define ADDIS_12_12     0x3d8c0000
137
#define ADDI_11_11      0x396b0000
138
#define ADD_0_11_11     0x7c0b5a14
139
#define ADD_3_12_2      0x7c6c1214
140
#define ADD_11_0_11     0x7d605a14
141
#define B               0x48000000
142
#define BCL_20_31       0x429f0005
143
#define BCTR            0x4e800420
144
#define BEQLR           0x4d820020
145
#define CMPWI_11_0      0x2c0b0000
146
#define LIS_11          0x3d600000
147
#define LIS_12          0x3d800000
148
#define LWZU_0_12       0x840c0000
149
#define LWZ_0_12        0x800c0000
150
#define LWZ_11_3        0x81630000
151
#define LWZ_11_11       0x816b0000
152
#define LWZ_11_30       0x817e0000
153
#define LWZ_12_3        0x81830000
154
#define LWZ_12_12       0x818c0000
155
#define MR_0_3          0x7c601b78
156
#define MR_3_0          0x7c030378
157
#define MFLR_0          0x7c0802a6
158
#define MFLR_12         0x7d8802a6
159
#define MTCTR_0         0x7c0903a6
160
#define MTCTR_11        0x7d6903a6
161
#define MTLR_0          0x7c0803a6
162
#define NOP             0x60000000
163
#define SUB_11_11_12    0x7d6c5850
164
 
165
/* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block.  */
166
#define TP_OFFSET       0x7000
167
#define DTP_OFFSET      0x8000
168
 
169
/* The value of a defined global symbol.  */
170
#define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
171
  ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma       \
172
   + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset           \
173
   + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
174
 
175
static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
176
 
177
static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
178
  /* This reloc does nothing.  */
179
  HOWTO (R_PPC_NONE,            /* type */
180
         0,                      /* rightshift */
181
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
182
         32,                    /* bitsize */
183
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
184
         0,                      /* bitpos */
185
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
186
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
187
         "R_PPC_NONE",          /* name */
188
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
189
         0,                      /* src_mask */
190
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
191
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
192
 
193
  /* A standard 32 bit relocation.  */
194
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR32,          /* type */
195
         0,                      /* rightshift */
196
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
197
         32,                    /* bitsize */
198
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
199
         0,                      /* bitpos */
200
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
201
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
202
         "R_PPC_ADDR32",        /* name */
203
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
204
         0,                      /* src_mask */
205
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
206
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
207
 
208
  /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
209
     FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them.  */
210
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR24,          /* type */
211
         0,                      /* rightshift */
212
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
213
         26,                    /* bitsize */
214
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
215
         0,                      /* bitpos */
216
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
217
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
218
         "R_PPC_ADDR24",        /* name */
219
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
220
         0,                      /* src_mask */
221
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
222
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
223
 
224
  /* A standard 16 bit relocation.  */
225
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16,          /* type */
226
         0,                      /* rightshift */
227
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
228
         16,                    /* bitsize */
229
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
230
         0,                      /* bitpos */
231
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
232
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
233
         "R_PPC_ADDR16",        /* name */
234
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
235
         0,                      /* src_mask */
236
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
237
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
238
 
239
  /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow.  */
240
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO,       /* type */
241
         0,                      /* rightshift */
242
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
243
         16,                    /* bitsize */
244
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
245
         0,                      /* bitpos */
246
         complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
247
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
248
         "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO",     /* name */
249
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
250
         0,                      /* src_mask */
251
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
252
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
253
 
254
  /* The high order 16 bits of an address.  */
255
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI,       /* type */
256
         16,                    /* rightshift */
257
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
258
         16,                    /* bitsize */
259
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
260
         0,                      /* bitpos */
261
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
262
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
263
         "R_PPC_ADDR16_HI",     /* name */
264
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
265
         0,                      /* src_mask */
266
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
267
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
268
 
269
  /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
270
     the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative.  */
271
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA,       /* type */
272
         16,                    /* rightshift */
273
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
274
         16,                    /* bitsize */
275
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
276
         0,                      /* bitpos */
277
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
278
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
279
         "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA",     /* name */
280
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
281
         0,                      /* src_mask */
282
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
283
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
284
 
285
  /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
286
     FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them.  */
287
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14,          /* type */
288
         0,                      /* rightshift */
289
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
290
         16,                    /* bitsize */
291
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
292
         0,                      /* bitpos */
293
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
294
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
295
         "R_PPC_ADDR14",        /* name */
296
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
297
         0,                      /* src_mask */
298
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
299
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
300
 
301
  /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
302
     indicate that the branch is expected to be taken.  The lower two
303
     bits must be zero.  */
304
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN,  /* type */
305
         0,                      /* rightshift */
306
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
307
         16,                    /* bitsize */
308
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
309
         0,                      /* bitpos */
310
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
311
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
312
         "R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN",/* name */
313
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
314
         0,                      /* src_mask */
315
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
316
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
317
 
318
  /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
319
     indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken.  The lower
320
     two bits must be zero.  */
321
  HOWTO (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, /* type */
322
         0,                      /* rightshift */
323
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
324
         16,                    /* bitsize */
325
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
326
         0,                      /* bitpos */
327
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
328
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
329
         "R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN",/* name */
330
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
331
         0,                      /* src_mask */
332
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
333
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
334
 
335
  /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.  */
336
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL24,           /* type */
337
         0,                      /* rightshift */
338
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
339
         26,                    /* bitsize */
340
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
341
         0,                      /* bitpos */
342
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
343
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
344
         "R_PPC_REL24",         /* name */
345
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
346
         0,                      /* src_mask */
347
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
348
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
349
 
350
  /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.  */
351
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14,           /* type */
352
         0,                      /* rightshift */
353
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
354
         16,                    /* bitsize */
355
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
356
         0,                      /* bitpos */
357
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
358
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
359
         "R_PPC_REL14",         /* name */
360
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
361
         0,                      /* src_mask */
362
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
363
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
364
 
365
  /* A relative 16 bit branch.  Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
366
     the branch is expected to be taken.  The lower two bits must be
367
     zero.  */
368
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN,   /* type */
369
         0,                      /* rightshift */
370
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
371
         16,                    /* bitsize */
372
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
373
         0,                      /* bitpos */
374
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
375
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
376
         "R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN", /* name */
377
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
378
         0,                      /* src_mask */
379
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
380
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
381
 
382
  /* A relative 16 bit branch.  Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
383
     the branch is not expected to be taken.  The lower two bits must
384
     be zero.  */
385
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN,  /* type */
386
         0,                      /* rightshift */
387
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
388
         16,                    /* bitsize */
389
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
390
         0,                      /* bitpos */
391
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
392
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
393
         "R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN",/* name */
394
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
395
         0,                      /* src_mask */
396
         0xfffc,                /* dst_mask */
397
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
398
 
399
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
400
     symbol.  */
401
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16,           /* type */
402
         0,                      /* rightshift */
403
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
404
         16,                    /* bitsize */
405
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
406
         0,                      /* bitpos */
407
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
408
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
409
         "R_PPC_GOT16",         /* name */
410
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
411
         0,                      /* src_mask */
412
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
413
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
414
 
415
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
416
     the symbol.  */
417
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_LO,        /* type */
418
         0,                      /* rightshift */
419
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
420
         16,                    /* bitsize */
421
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
422
         0,                      /* bitpos */
423
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
424
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
425
         "R_PPC_GOT16_LO",      /* name */
426
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
427
         0,                      /* src_mask */
428
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
429
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
430
 
431
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
432
     the symbol.  */
433
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_HI,        /* type */
434
         16,                    /* rightshift */
435
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
436
         16,                    /* bitsize */
437
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
438
         0,                      /* bitpos */
439
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
440
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
441
         "R_PPC_GOT16_HI",      /* name */
442
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
443
         0,                      /* src_mask */
444
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
445
         FALSE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
446
 
447
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
448
     the symbol.  */
449
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT16_HA,        /* type */
450
         16,                    /* rightshift */
451
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
452
         16,                    /* bitsize */
453
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
454
         0,                      /* bitpos */
455
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
456
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
457
         "R_PPC_GOT16_HA",      /* name */
458
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
459
         0,                      /* src_mask */
460
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
461
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
462
 
463
  /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
464
     entry for the symbol.  */
465
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLTREL24,        /* type */
466
         0,                      /* rightshift */
467
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
468
         26,                    /* bitsize */
469
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
470
         0,                      /* bitpos */
471
         complain_overflow_signed,  /* complain_on_overflow */
472
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
473
         "R_PPC_PLTREL24",      /* name */
474
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
475
         0,                      /* src_mask */
476
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
477
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
478
 
479
  /* This is used only by the dynamic linker.  The symbol should exist
480
     both in the object being run and in some shared library.  The
481
     dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
482
     shared library into the object, because the object being
483
     run has to have the data at some particular address.  */
484
  HOWTO (R_PPC_COPY,            /* type */
485
         0,                      /* rightshift */
486
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
487
         32,                    /* bitsize */
488
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
489
         0,                      /* bitpos */
490
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
491
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
492
         "R_PPC_COPY",          /* name */
493
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
494
         0,                      /* src_mask */
495
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
496
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
497
 
498
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
499
     entries.  */
500
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT,        /* type */
501
         0,                      /* rightshift */
502
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
503
         32,                    /* bitsize */
504
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
505
         0,                      /* bitpos */
506
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
507
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
508
         "R_PPC_GLOB_DAT",      /* name */
509
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
510
         0,                      /* src_mask */
511
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
512
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
513
 
514
  /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol.  */
515
  HOWTO (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT,        /* type */
516
         0,                      /* rightshift */
517
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
518
         32,                    /* bitsize */
519
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
520
         0,                      /* bitpos */
521
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
522
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
523
         "R_PPC_JMP_SLOT",      /* name */
524
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
525
         0,                      /* src_mask */
526
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
527
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
528
 
529
  /* Used only by the dynamic linker.  When the object is run, this
530
     longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
531
     addend.  */
532
  HOWTO (R_PPC_RELATIVE,        /* type */
533
         0,                      /* rightshift */
534
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
535
         32,                    /* bitsize */
536
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
537
         0,                      /* bitpos */
538
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
539
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
540
         "R_PPC_RELATIVE",      /* name */
541
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
542
         0,                      /* src_mask */
543
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
544
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
545
 
546
  /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
547
     object rather than the final value.  Normally used for
548
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
549
  HOWTO (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC,       /* type */
550
         0,                      /* rightshift */
551
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
552
         26,                    /* bitsize */
553
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
554
         0,                      /* bitpos */
555
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
556
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
557
         "R_PPC_LOCAL24PC",     /* name */
558
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
559
         0,                      /* src_mask */
560
         0x3fffffc,             /* dst_mask */
561
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
562
 
563
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned.  */
564
  HOWTO (R_PPC_UADDR32,         /* type */
565
         0,                      /* rightshift */
566
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
567
         32,                    /* bitsize */
568
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
569
         0,                      /* bitpos */
570
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
571
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
572
         "R_PPC_UADDR32",       /* name */
573
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
574
         0,                      /* src_mask */
575
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
576
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
577
 
578
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned.  */
579
  HOWTO (R_PPC_UADDR16,         /* type */
580
         0,                      /* rightshift */
581
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
582
         16,                    /* bitsize */
583
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
584
         0,                      /* bitpos */
585
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
586
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
587
         "R_PPC_UADDR16",       /* name */
588
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
589
         0,                      /* src_mask */
590
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
591
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
592
 
593
  /* 32-bit PC relative */
594
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL32,           /* type */
595
         0,                      /* rightshift */
596
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
597
         32,                    /* bitsize */
598
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
599
         0,                      /* bitpos */
600
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
601
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
602
         "R_PPC_REL32",         /* name */
603
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
604
         0,                      /* src_mask */
605
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
606
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
607
 
608
  /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
609
     FIXME: not supported.  */
610
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT32,           /* type */
611
         0,                      /* rightshift */
612
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
613
         32,                    /* bitsize */
614
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
615
         0,                      /* bitpos */
616
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
617
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
618
         "R_PPC_PLT32",         /* name */
619
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
620
         0,                      /* src_mask */
621
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
622
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
623
 
624
  /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
625
     FIXME: not supported.  */
626
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLTREL32,        /* type */
627
         0,                      /* rightshift */
628
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
629
         32,                    /* bitsize */
630
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
631
         0,                      /* bitpos */
632
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
633
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
634
         "R_PPC_PLTREL32",      /* name */
635
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
636
         0,                      /* src_mask */
637
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
638
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
639
 
640
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
641
     the symbol.  */
642
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_LO,        /* type */
643
         0,                      /* rightshift */
644
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
645
         16,                    /* bitsize */
646
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
647
         0,                      /* bitpos */
648
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
649
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
650
         "R_PPC_PLT16_LO",      /* name */
651
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
652
         0,                      /* src_mask */
653
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
654
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
655
 
656
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
657
     the symbol.  */
658
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_HI,        /* type */
659
         16,                    /* rightshift */
660
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
661
         16,                    /* bitsize */
662
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
663
         0,                      /* bitpos */
664
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
665
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
666
         "R_PPC_PLT16_HI",      /* name */
667
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
668
         0,                      /* src_mask */
669
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
670
         FALSE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
671
 
672
  /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
673
     the symbol.  */
674
  HOWTO (R_PPC_PLT16_HA,        /* type */
675
         16,                    /* rightshift */
676
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
677
         16,                    /* bitsize */
678
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
679
         0,                      /* bitpos */
680
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
681
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
682
         "R_PPC_PLT16_HA",      /* name */
683
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
684
         0,                      /* src_mask */
685
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
686
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
687
 
688
  /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
689
     small data items.  */
690
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SDAREL16,        /* type */
691
         0,                      /* rightshift */
692
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
693
         16,                    /* bitsize */
694
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
695
         0,                      /* bitpos */
696
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
697
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
698
         "R_PPC_SDAREL16",      /* name */
699
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
700
         0,                      /* src_mask */
701
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
702
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
703
 
704
  /* 16-bit section relative relocation.  */
705
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF,         /* type */
706
         0,                      /* rightshift */
707
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
708
         16,                    /* bitsize */
709
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
710
         0,                      /* bitpos */
711
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
712
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
713
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF",       /* name */
714
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
715
         0,                      /* src_mask */
716
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
717
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
718
 
719
  /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation.  */
720
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO,        /* type */
721
         0,                      /* rightshift */
722
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
723
         16,                    /* bitsize */
724
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
725
         0,                      /* bitpos */
726
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
727
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
728
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO",    /* name */
729
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
730
         0,                      /* src_mask */
731
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
732
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
733
 
734
  /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation.  */
735
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI,      /* type */
736
         16,                    /* rightshift */
737
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
738
         16,                    /* bitsize */
739
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
740
         0,                      /* bitpos */
741
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
742
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
743
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI",    /* name */
744
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
745
         0,                      /* src_mask */
746
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
747
         FALSE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
748
 
749
  /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation.  */
750
  HOWTO (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA,      /* type */
751
         16,                    /* rightshift */
752
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
753
         16,                    /* bitsize */
754
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
755
         0,                      /* bitpos */
756
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
757
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
758
         "R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA",    /* name */
759
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
760
         0,                      /* src_mask */
761
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
762
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
763
 
764
  /* Marker relocs for TLS.  */
765
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TLS,
766
         0,                      /* rightshift */
767
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
768
         32,                    /* bitsize */
769
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
770
         0,                      /* bitpos */
771
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
772
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
773
         "R_PPC_TLS",           /* name */
774
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
775
         0,                      /* src_mask */
776
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
777
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
778
 
779
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TLSGD,
780
         0,                      /* rightshift */
781
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
782
         32,                    /* bitsize */
783
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
784
         0,                      /* bitpos */
785
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
786
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
787
         "R_PPC_TLSGD",         /* name */
788
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
789
         0,                      /* src_mask */
790
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
791
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
792
 
793
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TLSLD,
794
         0,                      /* rightshift */
795
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
796
         32,                    /* bitsize */
797
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
798
         0,                      /* bitpos */
799
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
800
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
801
         "R_PPC_TLSLD",         /* name */
802
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
803
         0,                      /* src_mask */
804
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
805
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
806
 
807
  /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
808
     definition of its TLS sym.  */
809
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPMOD32,
810
         0,                      /* rightshift */
811
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
812
         32,                    /* bitsize */
813
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
814
         0,                      /* bitpos */
815
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
816
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
817
         "R_PPC_DTPMOD32",      /* name */
818
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
819
         0,                      /* src_mask */
820
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
821
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
822
 
823
  /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
824
     of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
825
     contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000.  */
826
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL32,
827
         0,                      /* rightshift */
828
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
829
         32,                    /* bitsize */
830
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
831
         0,                      /* bitpos */
832
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
833
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
834
         "R_PPC_DTPREL32",      /* name */
835
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
836
         0,                      /* src_mask */
837
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
838
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
839
 
840
  /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc.  */
841
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16,
842
         0,                      /* rightshift */
843
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
844
         16,                    /* bitsize */
845
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
846
         0,                      /* bitpos */
847
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
848
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
849
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16",      /* name */
850
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
851
         0,                      /* src_mask */
852
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
853
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
854
 
855
  /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow.  */
856
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO,
857
         0,                      /* rightshift */
858
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
859
         16,                    /* bitsize */
860
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
861
         0,                      /* bitpos */
862
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
863
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
864
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO",   /* name */
865
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
866
         0,                      /* src_mask */
867
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
868
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
869
 
870
  /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
871
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI,
872
         16,                    /* rightshift */
873
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
874
         16,                    /* bitsize */
875
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
876
         0,                      /* bitpos */
877
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
878
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
879
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI",   /* name */
880
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
881
         0,                      /* src_mask */
882
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
883
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
884
 
885
  /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
886
  HOWTO (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA,
887
         16,                    /* rightshift */
888
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
889
         16,                    /* bitsize */
890
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
891
         0,                      /* bitpos */
892
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
893
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
894
         "R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA",   /* name */
895
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
896
         0,                      /* src_mask */
897
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
898
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
899
 
900
  /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
901
     sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13).  */
902
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL32,
903
         0,                      /* rightshift */
904
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
905
         32,                    /* bitsize */
906
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
907
         0,                      /* bitpos */
908
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
909
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
910
         "R_PPC_TPREL32",       /* name */
911
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
912
         0,                      /* src_mask */
913
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
914
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
915
 
916
  /* A 16 bit tprel reloc.  */
917
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16,
918
         0,                      /* rightshift */
919
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
920
         16,                    /* bitsize */
921
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
922
         0,                      /* bitpos */
923
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
924
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
925
         "R_PPC_TPREL16",       /* name */
926
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
927
         0,                      /* src_mask */
928
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
929
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
930
 
931
  /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow.  */
932
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO,
933
         0,                      /* rightshift */
934
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
935
         16,                    /* bitsize */
936
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
937
         0,                      /* bitpos */
938
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
939
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
940
         "R_PPC_TPREL16_LO",    /* name */
941
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
942
         0,                      /* src_mask */
943
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
944
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
945
 
946
  /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
947
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI,
948
         16,                    /* rightshift */
949
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
950
         16,                    /* bitsize */
951
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
952
         0,                      /* bitpos */
953
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
954
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
955
         "R_PPC_TPREL16_HI",    /* name */
956
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
957
         0,                      /* src_mask */
958
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
959
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
960
 
961
  /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
962
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA,
963
         16,                    /* rightshift */
964
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
965
         16,                    /* bitsize */
966
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
967
         0,                      /* bitpos */
968
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
969
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
970
         "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA",    /* name */
971
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
972
         0,                      /* src_mask */
973
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
974
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
975
 
976
  /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
977
     with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
978
     to the first entry.  */
979
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16,
980
         0,                      /* rightshift */
981
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
982
         16,                    /* bitsize */
983
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
984
         0,                      /* bitpos */
985
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
986
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
987
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16",   /* name */
988
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
989
         0,                      /* src_mask */
990
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
991
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
992
 
993
  /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow.  */
994
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO,
995
         0,                      /* rightshift */
996
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
997
         16,                    /* bitsize */
998
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
999
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1000
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1001
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1002
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO", /* name */
1003
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1004
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1005
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1006
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1007
 
1008
  /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1009
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI,
1010
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1011
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1012
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1013
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1014
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1015
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1016
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1017
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI", /* name */
1018
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1019
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1020
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1021
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1022
 
1023
  /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1024
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA,
1025
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1026
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1027
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1028
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1029
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1030
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1031
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1032
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA", /* name */
1033
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1034
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1035
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1036
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1037
 
1038
  /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
1039
     with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
1040
     first entry.  */
1041
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16,
1042
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1043
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1044
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1045
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1046
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1047
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1048
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1049
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16",   /* name */
1050
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1051
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1052
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1053
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1054
 
1055
  /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow.  */
1056
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO,
1057
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1058
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1059
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1060
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1061
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1062
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1063
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1064
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO", /* name */
1065
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1066
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1067
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1068
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1069
 
1070
  /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1071
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI,
1072
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1073
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1074
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1075
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1076
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1077
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1078
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1079
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI", /* name */
1080
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1081
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1082
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1083
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1084
 
1085
  /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1086
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA,
1087
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1088
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1089
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1090
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1091
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1092
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1093
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1094
         "R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA", /* name */
1095
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1096
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1097
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1098
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1099
 
1100
  /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
1101
     the offset to the entry.  */
1102
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16,
1103
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1104
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1105
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1106
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1107
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1108
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1109
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1110
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16",  /* name */
1111
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1112
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1113
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1114
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1115
 
1116
  /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow.  */
1117
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO,
1118
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1119
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1120
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1121
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1122
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1123
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1124
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1125
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO", /* name */
1126
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1127
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1128
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1129
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1130
 
1131
  /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1132
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI,
1133
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1134
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1135
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1136
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1137
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1138
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1139
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1140
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI", /* name */
1141
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1142
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1143
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1144
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1145
 
1146
  /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1147
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA,
1148
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1149
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1150
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1151
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1152
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1153
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1154
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1155
         "R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA", /* name */
1156
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1157
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1158
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1159
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1160
 
1161
  /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
1162
     offset to the entry.  */
1163
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16,
1164
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1165
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1166
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1167
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1168
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1169
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1170
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1171
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16",   /* name */
1172
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1173
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1174
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1175
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1176
 
1177
  /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow.  */
1178
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO,
1179
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1180
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1181
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1182
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1183
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1184
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1185
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1186
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO", /* name */
1187
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1188
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1189
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1190
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1191
 
1192
  /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits.  */
1193
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI,
1194
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1195
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1196
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1197
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1198
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1199
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1200
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1201
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI", /* name */
1202
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1203
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1204
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1205
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1206
 
1207
  /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits.  */
1208
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA,
1209
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1210
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1211
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1212
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1213
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1214
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1215
         ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc, /* special_function */
1216
         "R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA", /* name */
1217
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1218
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1219
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1220
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1221
 
1222
  /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
1223
     in the SVR4 ELF ABI.  */
1224
 
1225
  /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
1226
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32,     /* type */
1227
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1228
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1229
         32,                    /* bitsize */
1230
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1231
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1232
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1233
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1234
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32",   /* name */
1235
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1236
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1237
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
1238
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1239
 
1240
  /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
1241
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16,     /* type */
1242
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1243
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1244
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1245
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1246
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1247
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1248
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1249
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16",   /* name */
1250
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1251
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1252
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1253
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1254
 
1255
  /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol.  */
1256
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO,  /* type */
1257
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1258
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1259
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1260
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1261
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1262
         complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
1263
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1264
         "R_PPC_EMB_ADDR16_LO", /* name */
1265
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1266
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1267
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1268
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1269
 
1270
  /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol.  */
1271
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI,  /* type */
1272
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1273
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1274
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1275
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1276
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1277
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1278
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1279
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI", /* name */
1280
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1281
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1282
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1283
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1284
 
1285
  /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
1286
     plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
1287
     is negative.  */
1288
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA,  /* type */
1289
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1290
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1291
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1292
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1293
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1294
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1295
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
1296
         "R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA", /* name */
1297
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1298
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1299
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1300
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1301
 
1302
  /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
1303
     address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
1304
     _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation.  */
1305
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16,      /* type */
1306
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1307
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1308
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1309
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1310
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1311
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1312
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1313
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16",    /* name */
1314
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1315
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1316
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1317
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1318
 
1319
  /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
1320
     address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
1321
     _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation.  */
1322
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16,     /* type */
1323
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1324
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1325
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1326
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1327
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1328
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1329
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1330
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16",   /* name */
1331
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1332
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1333
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1334
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1335
 
1336
  /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
1337
     small data items.   */
1338
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL,     /* type */
1339
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1340
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1341
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1342
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1343
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1344
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1345
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1346
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL",   /* name */
1347
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1348
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1349
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1350
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1351
 
1352
  /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
1353
     signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
1354
     field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13).  */
1355
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21,       /* type */
1356
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1357
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1358
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1359
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1360
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1361
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1362
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1363
         "R_PPC_EMB_SDA21",     /* name */
1364
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1365
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1366
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1367
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1368
 
1369
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
1370
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
1371
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
1372
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
1373
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
1374
  /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
1375
 
1376
  /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
1377
     in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
1378
     register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13).  */
1379
  HOWTO (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA,      /* type */
1380
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1381
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1382
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1383
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1384
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1385
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1386
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1387
         "R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA",    /* name */
1388
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1389
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1390
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1391
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1392
 
1393
  HOWTO (R_PPC_IRELATIVE,       /* type */
1394
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1395
         2,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1396
         32,                    /* bitsize */
1397
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1398
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1399
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1400
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc,  /* special_function */
1401
         "R_PPC_IRELATIVE",     /* name */
1402
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1403
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1404
         0xffffffff,            /* dst_mask */
1405
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1406
 
1407
  /* A 16 bit relative relocation.  */
1408
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16,           /* type */
1409
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1410
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1411
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1412
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1413
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1414
         complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
1415
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1416
         "R_PPC_REL16",         /* name */
1417
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1418
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1419
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1420
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1421
 
1422
  /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow.  */
1423
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_LO,        /* type */
1424
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1425
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1426
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1427
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1428
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1429
         complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
1430
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1431
         "R_PPC_REL16_LO",      /* name */
1432
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1433
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1434
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1435
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1436
 
1437
  /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address.  */
1438
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_HI,        /* type */
1439
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1440
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1441
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1442
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1443
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1444
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1445
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1446
         "R_PPC_REL16_HI",      /* name */
1447
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1448
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1449
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1450
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1451
 
1452
  /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
1453
     the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative.  */
1454
  HOWTO (R_PPC_REL16_HA,        /* type */
1455
         16,                    /* rightshift */
1456
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1457
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1458
         TRUE,                  /* pc_relative */
1459
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1460
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1461
         ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc, /* special_function */
1462
         "R_PPC_REL16_HA",      /* name */
1463
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1464
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1465
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1466
         TRUE),                 /* pcrel_offset */
1467
 
1468
  /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
1469
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT,   /* type */
1470
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1471
         0,                      /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1472
         0,                      /* bitsize */
1473
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1474
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1475
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1476
         NULL,                  /* special_function */
1477
         "R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
1478
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1479
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1480
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
1481
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1482
 
1483
  /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
1484
  HOWTO (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY,     /* type */
1485
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1486
         0,                      /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1487
         0,                      /* bitsize */
1488
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1489
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1490
         complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
1491
         NULL,                  /* special_function */
1492
         "R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY",   /* name */
1493
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1494
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1495
         0,                      /* dst_mask */
1496
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1497
 
1498
  /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries.  */
1499
  HOWTO (R_PPC_TOC16,           /* type */
1500
         0,                      /* rightshift */
1501
         1,                     /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
1502
         16,                    /* bitsize */
1503
         FALSE,                 /* pc_relative */
1504
         0,                      /* bitpos */
1505
         complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
1506
         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
1507
         "R_PPC_TOC16",         /* name */
1508
         FALSE,                 /* partial_inplace */
1509
         0,                      /* src_mask */
1510
         0xffff,                /* dst_mask */
1511
         FALSE),                /* pcrel_offset */
1512
};
1513
 
1514
/* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done.  */
1515
 
1516
static void
1517
ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
1518
{
1519
  unsigned int i, type;
1520
 
1521
  for (i = 0;
1522
       i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
1523
       i++)
1524
    {
1525
      type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
1526
      if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
1527
                   / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
1528
        abort ();
1529
      ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
1530
    }
1531
}
1532
 
1533
static reloc_howto_type *
1534
ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1535
                           bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
1536
{
1537
  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
1538
 
1539
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
1540
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
1541
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
1542
 
1543
  switch (code)
1544
    {
1545
    default:
1546
      return NULL;
1547
 
1548
    case BFD_RELOC_NONE:                r = R_PPC_NONE;                 break;
1549
    case BFD_RELOC_32:                  r = R_PPC_ADDR32;               break;
1550
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26:            r = R_PPC_ADDR24;               break;
1551
    case BFD_RELOC_16:                  r = R_PPC_ADDR16;               break;
1552
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16:                r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO;            break;
1553
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16:                r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI;            break;
1554
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S:              r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA;            break;
1555
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16:            r = R_PPC_ADDR14;               break;
1556
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN:    r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN;       break;
1557
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN:   r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN;      break;
1558
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26:             r = R_PPC_REL24;                break;
1559
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16:             r = R_PPC_REL14;                break;
1560
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN:     r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN;        break;
1561
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN:    r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN;       break;
1562
    case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF:           r = R_PPC_GOT16;                break;
1563
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF:         r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;             break;
1564
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF:         r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI;             break;
1565
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF:       r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA;             break;
1566
    case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL:        r = R_PPC_PLTREL24;             break;
1567
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY:            r = R_PPC_COPY;                 break;
1568
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT:        r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT;             break;
1569
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC:       r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC;            break;
1570
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL:            r = R_PPC_REL32;                break;
1571
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF:           r = R_PPC_PLT32;                break;
1572
    case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL:        r = R_PPC_PLTREL32;             break;
1573
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF:         r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO;             break;
1574
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF:         r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI;             break;
1575
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF:       r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA;             break;
1576
    case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:             r = R_PPC_SDAREL16;             break;
1577
    case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL:          r = R_PPC_SECTOFF;              break;
1578
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL:        r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO;           break;
1579
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL:        r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI;           break;
1580
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL:      r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA;           break;
1581
    case BFD_RELOC_CTOR:                r = R_PPC_ADDR32;               break;
1582
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16:           r = R_PPC_TOC16;                break;
1583
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS:             r = R_PPC_TLS;                  break;
1584
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD:           r = R_PPC_TLSGD;                break;
1585
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD:           r = R_PPC_TLSLD;                break;
1586
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD:          r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32;             break;
1587
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16:         r = R_PPC_TPREL16;              break;
1588
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO:      r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;           break;
1589
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI:      r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI;           break;
1590
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA:      r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;           break;
1591
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL:           r = R_PPC_TPREL32;              break;
1592
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16:        r = R_PPC_DTPREL16;             break;
1593
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:     r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO;          break;
1594
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:     r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI;          break;
1595
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:     r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA;          break;
1596
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL:          r = R_PPC_DTPREL32;             break;
1597
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:     r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16;          break;
1598
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO;       break;
1599
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI;       break;
1600
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA;       break;
1601
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:     r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16;          break;
1602
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO;       break;
1603
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI;       break;
1604
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA;       break;
1605
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:     r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16;          break;
1606
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO;       break;
1607
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI;       break;
1608
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:  r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA;       break;
1609
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:    r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16;         break;
1610
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO;      break;
1611
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI;      break;
1612
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA;      break;
1613
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:     r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32;          break;
1614
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:     r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16;          break;
1615
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:  r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO;       break;
1616
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:  r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI;       break;
1617
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:  r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA;       break;
1618
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:      r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16;           break;
1619
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:     r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16;          break;
1620
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:     r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL;          break;
1621
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21:       r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21;            break;
1622
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:      r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF;           break;
1623
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16;         break;
1624
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO;         break;
1625
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI;         break;
1626
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:    r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA;         break;
1627
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:     r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD;          break;
1628
    case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:      r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA;           break;
1629
    case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL:            r = R_PPC_REL16;                break;
1630
    case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL:          r = R_PPC_REL16_LO;             break;
1631
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL:          r = R_PPC_REL16_HI;             break;
1632
    case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL:        r = R_PPC_REL16_HA;             break;
1633
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:      r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT;        break;
1634
    case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:        r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY;          break;
1635
    }
1636
 
1637
  return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
1638
};
1639
 
1640
static reloc_howto_type *
1641
ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1642
                           const char *r_name)
1643
{
1644
  unsigned int i;
1645
 
1646
  for (i = 0;
1647
       i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
1648
       i++)
1649
    if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
1650
        && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
1651
      return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
1652
 
1653
  return NULL;
1654
}
1655
 
1656
/* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc.  */
1657
 
1658
static void
1659
ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1660
                       arelent *cache_ptr,
1661
                       Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
1662
{
1663
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
1664
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
1665
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
1666
 
1667
  BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) < (unsigned int) R_PPC_max);
1668
  cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info)];
1669
 
1670
  /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
1671
     ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation.  */
1672
  if (!cache_ptr->howto)
1673
    {
1674
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
1675
                             abfd, ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info));
1676
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1677
 
1678
      cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_NONE];
1679
    }
1680
}
1681
 
1682
/* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs.  */
1683
 
1684
static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1686
                         arelent *reloc_entry,
1687
                         asymbol *symbol,
1688
                         void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1689
                         asection *input_section,
1690
                         bfd *output_bfd,
1691
                         char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1692
{
1693
  bfd_vma relocation;
1694
 
1695
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
1696
    {
1697
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1698
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
1699
    }
1700
 
1701
  if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
1702
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
1703
 
1704
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1705
    relocation = 0;
1706
  else
1707
    relocation = symbol->value;
1708
 
1709
  relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
1710
  relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
1711
  relocation += reloc_entry->addend;
1712
  if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
1713
    relocation -= reloc_entry->address;
1714
 
1715
  reloc_entry->addend += (relocation & 0x8000) << 1;
1716
 
1717
  return bfd_reloc_continue;
1718
}
1719
 
1720
static bfd_reloc_status_type
1721
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
1722
                         arelent *reloc_entry,
1723
                         asymbol *symbol,
1724
                         void *data,
1725
                         asection *input_section,
1726
                         bfd *output_bfd,
1727
                         char **error_message)
1728
{
1729
  /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1730
     call the generic function.  Any adjustment will be done at final
1731
     link time.  */
1732
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
1733
    return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
1734
                                  input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
1735
 
1736
  if (error_message != NULL)
1737
    {
1738
      static char buf[60];
1739
      sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
1740
               reloc_entry->howto->name);
1741
      *error_message = buf;
1742
    }
1743
  return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
1744
}
1745
 
1746
/* Sections created by the linker.  */
1747
 
1748
typedef struct elf_linker_section
1749
{
1750
  /* Pointer to the bfd section.  */
1751
  asection *section;
1752
  /* Section name.  */
1753
  const char *name;
1754
  /* Associated bss section name.  */
1755
  const char *bss_name;
1756
  /* Associated symbol name.  */
1757
  const char *sym_name;
1758
  /* Associated symbol.  */
1759
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1760
} elf_linker_section_t;
1761
 
1762
/* Linked list of allocated pointer entries.  This hangs off of the
1763
   symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1764
   based on different addend's.  */
1765
 
1766
typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1767
{
1768
  /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1769
  struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1770
  /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1771
  bfd_vma offset;
1772
  /* addend used */
1773
  bfd_vma addend;
1774
  /* which linker section this is */
1775
  elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1776
} elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1777
 
1778
struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1779
{
1780
  struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1781
 
1782
  /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1783
     sections added.  This is index by the symbol index.  */
1784
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1785
 
1786
  /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type.  */
1787
  unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1788
  unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1789
};
1790
 
1791
#define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1792
  ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1793
 
1794
#define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1795
  (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1796
 
1797
#define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1798
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1799
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1800
 
1801
/* Override the generic function because we store some extras.  */
1802
 
1803
static bfd_boolean
1804
ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1805
{
1806
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1807
                                  PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1808
}
1809
 
1810
/* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1811
   default is 64 bit.  */
1812
 
1813
static bfd_boolean
1814
ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1815
{
1816
  if (abfd->arch_info->the_default && abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1817
    {
1818
      Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1819
 
1820
      if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1821
        {
1822
          /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default.  */
1823
          abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1824
          BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1825
        }
1826
    }
1827
  return TRUE;
1828
}
1829
 
1830
/* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set.  */
1831
 
1832
static bfd_boolean
1833
ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1834
{
1835
  BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1836
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1837
 
1838
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1839
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1840
  return TRUE;
1841
}
1842
 
1843
/* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
1844
 
1845
static bfd_boolean
1846
ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1847
{
1848
  int offset;
1849
  unsigned int size;
1850
 
1851
  switch (note->descsz)
1852
    {
1853
    default:
1854
      return FALSE;
1855
 
1856
    case 268:           /* Linux/PPC.  */
1857
      /* pr_cursig */
1858
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1859
 
1860
      /* pr_pid */
1861
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1862
 
1863
      /* pr_reg */
1864
      offset = 72;
1865
      size = 192;
1866
 
1867
      break;
1868
    }
1869
 
1870
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
1871
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1872
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
1873
}
1874
 
1875
static bfd_boolean
1876
ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1877
{
1878
  switch (note->descsz)
1879
    {
1880
    default:
1881
      return FALSE;
1882
 
1883
    case 128:           /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo.  */
1884
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
1885
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1886
      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
1887
        = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1888
    }
1889
 
1890
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1891
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1892
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
1893
 
1894
  {
1895
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
1896
    int n = strlen (command);
1897
 
1898
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1899
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
1900
  }
1901
 
1902
  return TRUE;
1903
}
1904
 
1905
static char *
1906
ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1907
{
1908
  switch (note_type)
1909
    {
1910
    default:
1911
      return NULL;
1912
 
1913
    case NT_PRPSINFO:
1914
      {
1915
        char data[128];
1916
        va_list ap;
1917
 
1918
        va_start (ap, note_type);
1919
        memset (data, 0, 32);
1920
        strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1921
        strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1922
        va_end (ap);
1923
        return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1924
                                   "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1925
      }
1926
 
1927
    case NT_PRSTATUS:
1928
      {
1929
        char data[268];
1930
        va_list ap;
1931
        long pid;
1932
        int cursig;
1933
        const void *greg;
1934
 
1935
        va_start (ap, note_type);
1936
        memset (data, 0, 72);
1937
        pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1938
        bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1939
        cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1940
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1941
        greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1942
        memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1943
        memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1944
        va_end (ap);
1945
        return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1946
                                   "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1947
      }
1948
    }
1949
}
1950
 
1951
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1952
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
1953
 
1954
static bfd_vma
1955
ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1956
                     const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1957
                     const arelent *rel)
1958
{
1959
  return rel->address;
1960
}
1961
 
1962
/* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file.  This
1963
   is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1964
   type.  */
1965
 
1966
static bfd_boolean
1967
ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1968
                           Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1969
                           const char *name,
1970
                           int shindex)
1971
{
1972
  asection *newsect;
1973
  flagword flags;
1974
 
1975
  if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1976
    return FALSE;
1977
 
1978
  newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1979
  flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, newsect);
1980
  if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1981
    flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1982
 
1983
  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1984
    flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1985
 
1986
  bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags);
1987
  return TRUE;
1988
}
1989
 
1990
/* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary.  */
1991
 
1992
static bfd_boolean
1993
ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1994
                       Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1995
                       asection *asect)
1996
{
1997
  if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
1998
    shdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
1999
 
2000
  if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
2001
    shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
2002
 
2003
  return TRUE;
2004
}
2005
 
2006
/* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
2007
   need to bump up the number of section headers.  */
2008
 
2009
static int
2010
ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
2011
                                    struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2012
{
2013
  asection *s;
2014
  int ret = 0;
2015
 
2016
  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
2017
  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2018
    ++ret;
2019
 
2020
  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
2021
  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2022
    ++ret;
2023
 
2024
  return ret;
2025
}
2026
 
2027
/* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
2028
   .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
2029
   that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
2030
   2 sections.  */
2031
 
2032
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
2033
{
2034
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),             0, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2035
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"),           -2, SHT_NOBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2036
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"),          -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2037
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"),          -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2038
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"),         -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2039
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"),            0, SHT_ORDERED,  SHF_ALLOC },
2040
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.apuinfo"), 0, SHT_NOTE,     0 },
2041
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"),   0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2042
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"),  0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2043
  { NULL,                              0,  0, 0,            0 }
2044
};
2045
 
2046
/* This is what we want for new plt/got.  */
2047
static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
2048
  { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"),             0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
2049
 
2050
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2051
ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
2052
{
2053
  const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2054
 
2055
  /* See if this is one of the special sections.  */
2056
  if (sec->name == NULL)
2057
    return NULL;
2058
 
2059
  ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
2060
                                        sec->use_rela_p);
2061
  if (ssect != NULL)
2062
    {
2063
      if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2064
        ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
2065
      return ssect;
2066
    }
2067
 
2068
  return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
2069
}
2070
 
2071
/* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values.  */
2072
typedef struct apuinfo_list
2073
{
2074
  struct apuinfo_list *next;
2075
  unsigned long value;
2076
}
2077
apuinfo_list;
2078
 
2079
static apuinfo_list *head;
2080
 
2081
 
2082
static void
2083
apuinfo_list_init (void)
2084
{
2085
  head = NULL;
2086
}
2087
 
2088
static void
2089
apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
2090
{
2091
  apuinfo_list *entry = head;
2092
 
2093
  while (entry != NULL)
2094
    {
2095
      if (entry->value == value)
2096
        return;
2097
      entry = entry->next;
2098
    }
2099
 
2100
  entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
2101
  if (entry == NULL)
2102
    return;
2103
 
2104
  entry->value = value;
2105
  entry->next  = head;
2106
  head = entry;
2107
}
2108
 
2109
static unsigned
2110
apuinfo_list_length (void)
2111
{
2112
  apuinfo_list *entry;
2113
  unsigned long count;
2114
 
2115
  for (entry = head, count = 0;
2116
       entry;
2117
       entry = entry->next)
2118
    ++ count;
2119
 
2120
  return count;
2121
}
2122
 
2123
static inline unsigned long
2124
apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
2125
{
2126
  apuinfo_list * entry;
2127
 
2128
  for (entry = head;
2129
       entry && number --;
2130
       entry = entry->next)
2131
    ;
2132
 
2133
  return entry ? entry->value : 0;
2134
}
2135
 
2136
static void
2137
apuinfo_list_finish (void)
2138
{
2139
  apuinfo_list *entry;
2140
 
2141
  for (entry = head; entry;)
2142
    {
2143
      apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
2144
      free (entry);
2145
      entry = next;
2146
    }
2147
 
2148
  head = NULL;
2149
}
2150
 
2151
#define APUINFO_SECTION_NAME    ".PPC.EMB.apuinfo"
2152
#define APUINFO_LABEL           "APUinfo"
2153
 
2154
/* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
2155
   the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted.  */
2156
 
2157
static void
2158
ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2159
{
2160
  bfd *ibfd;
2161
  asection *asec;
2162
  char *buffer = NULL;
2163
  bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
2164
  unsigned i;
2165
  unsigned num_entries;
2166
  unsigned long length;
2167
  const char *error_message = NULL;
2168
 
2169
  if (link_info == NULL)
2170
    return;
2171
 
2172
  apuinfo_list_init ();
2173
 
2174
  /* Read in the input sections contents.  */
2175
  for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
2176
    {
2177
      unsigned long datum;
2178
 
2179
      asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2180
      if (asec == NULL)
2181
        continue;
2182
 
2183
      error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %B");
2184
      length = asec->size;
2185
      if (length < 20)
2186
        goto fail;
2187
 
2188
      if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
2189
        {
2190
          if (buffer)
2191
            free (buffer);
2192
          largest_input_size = asec->size;
2193
          buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
2194
          if (!buffer)
2195
            return;
2196
        }
2197
 
2198
      if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
2199
          || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
2200
        {
2201
          error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %B");
2202
          goto fail;
2203
        }
2204
 
2205
      /* Verify the contents of the header.  Note - we have to
2206
         extract the values this way in order to allow for a
2207
         host whose endian-ness is different from the target.  */
2208
      datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
2209
      if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
2210
        goto fail;
2211
 
2212
      datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
2213
      if (datum != 0x2)
2214
        goto fail;
2215
 
2216
      if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
2217
        goto fail;
2218
 
2219
      /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries.  */
2220
      datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
2221
      if (datum + 20 != length)
2222
        goto fail;
2223
 
2224
      /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers.  */
2225
      for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
2226
        apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
2227
    }
2228
 
2229
  error_message = NULL;
2230
 
2231
  /* Compute the size of the output section.  */
2232
  num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
2233
 
2234
  if (num_entries)
2235
    {
2236
      /* Set the output section size, if it exists.  */
2237
      asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2238
      if (asec && ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
2239
        {
2240
          ibfd = abfd;
2241
          error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %B");
2242
        }
2243
    }
2244
 
2245
 fail:
2246
  if (buffer)
2247
    free (buffer);
2248
 
2249
  if (error_message)
2250
    (*_bfd_error_handler) (error_message, ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2251
}
2252
 
2253
/* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
2254
   contents.  We have already stored this in our linked list structure.  */
2255
 
2256
static bfd_boolean
2257
ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2258
                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2259
                       asection *asec,
2260
                       bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2261
{
2262
  return (apuinfo_list_length ()
2263
          && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
2264
}
2265
 
2266
/* Finally we can generate the output section.  */
2267
 
2268
static void
2269
ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2270
{
2271
  bfd_byte *buffer;
2272
  asection *asec;
2273
  unsigned i;
2274
  unsigned num_entries;
2275
  bfd_size_type length;
2276
 
2277
  asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
2278
  if (asec == NULL)
2279
    return;
2280
 
2281
  if (apuinfo_list_length () == 0)
2282
    return;
2283
 
2284
  length = asec->size;
2285
  if (length < 20)
2286
    return;
2287
 
2288
  buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
2289
  if (buffer == NULL)
2290
    {
2291
      (*_bfd_error_handler)
2292
        (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section."));
2293
      return;
2294
    }
2295
 
2296
  /* Create the apuinfo header.  */
2297
  num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
2298
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
2299
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
2300
  bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
2301
  strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
2302
 
2303
  length = 20;
2304
  for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
2305
    {
2306
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
2307
      length += 4;
2308
    }
2309
 
2310
  if (length != asec->size)
2311
    (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section."));
2312
 
2313
  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
2314
    (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("failed to install new APUinfo section."));
2315
 
2316
  free (buffer);
2317
 
2318
  apuinfo_list_finish ();
2319
}
2320
 
2321
static bfd_boolean
2322
is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
2323
{
2324
  bfd_byte buf[GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE];
2325
 
2326
  if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE))
2327
    return FALSE;
2328
 
2329
  return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
2330
          && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
2331
          && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
2332
          && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
2333
}
2334
 
2335
static bfd_boolean
2336
section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
2337
{
2338
  bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
2339
  return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2340
          && section->vma <= vma
2341
          && vma < section->vma + section->size);
2342
}
2343
 
2344
static long
2345
ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
2346
                              long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
2347
                              asymbol **ret)
2348
{
2349
  bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
2350
  asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
2351
  bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
2352
  bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
2353
  bfd_vma stub_vma;
2354
  asymbol *s;
2355
  arelent *p;
2356
  long count, i;
2357
  size_t size;
2358
  char *names;
2359
  bfd_byte buf[4];
2360
 
2361
  *ret = NULL;
2362
 
2363
  if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
2364
    return 0;
2365
 
2366
  if (dynsymcount <= 0)
2367
    return 0;
2368
 
2369
  relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
2370
  if (relplt == NULL)
2371
    return 0;
2372
 
2373
  plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
2374
  if (plt == NULL)
2375
    return 0;
2376
 
2377
  /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs.  */
2378
  if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
2379
    return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
2380
                                          dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
2381
 
2382
  /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
2383
     of .glink at got[1].  If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero.  */
2384
  dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
2385
  if (dynamic != NULL)
2386
    {
2387
      bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
2388
      size_t extdynsize;
2389
      void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
2390
 
2391
      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
2392
        return -1;
2393
 
2394
      extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
2395
      swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
2396
 
2397
      extdyn = dynbuf;
2398
      extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
2399
      for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
2400
        {
2401
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
2402
          (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
2403
 
2404
          if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
2405
            break;
2406
 
2407
          if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
2408
            {
2409
              unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
2410
              asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
2411
              if (got != NULL
2412
                  && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
2413
                                               g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
2414
                glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2415
              break;
2416
            }
2417
        }
2418
      free (dynbuf);
2419
    }
2420
 
2421
  /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry.  */
2422
  if (glink_vma == 0)
2423
    {
2424
      if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
2425
        glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2426
    }
2427
 
2428
  if (glink_vma == 0)
2429
    return 0;
2430
 
2431
  /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2432
     link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2433
     glink stubs now reside.  */
2434
  glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
2435
  if (glink == NULL)
2436
    return 0;
2437
 
2438
  /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
2439
     from the first glink stub.  */
2440
  if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
2441
                                glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
2442
    {
2443
      unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
2444
 
2445
      /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ...  */
2446
      insn ^= B;
2447
      if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2448
        resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2449
 
2450
      /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs.  */
2451
      else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
2452
        for (i = 4;
2453
             bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
2454
                                       glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
2455
             i += 4)
2456
          if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
2457
            {
2458
              resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
2459
              break;
2460
            }
2461
    }
2462
 
2463
  count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2464
  stub_vma = glink_vma - (bfd_vma) count * 16;
2465
  /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
2466
     multiple stubs for each plt entry.  If that is the case then
2467
     there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
2468
     of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.  */
2469
  if (!is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink,
2470
                             glink_vma - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE - glink->vma))
2471
    return 0;
2472
 
2473
  slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
2474
  if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
2475
    return -1;
2476
 
2477
  size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
2478
  p = relplt->relocation;
2479
  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
2480
    {
2481
      size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
2482
      if (p->addend != 0)
2483
        size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
2484
    }
2485
 
2486
  size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
2487
 
2488
  if (resolv_vma)
2489
    size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2490
 
2491
  s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
2492
  if (s == NULL)
2493
    return -1;
2494
 
2495
  names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
2496
  p = relplt->relocation;
2497
  for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
2498
    {
2499
      size_t len;
2500
 
2501
      *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
2502
      /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set.  Since
2503
         we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set.  */
2504
      if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
2505
        s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
2506
      s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2507
      s->section = glink;
2508
      s->value = stub_vma - glink->vma;
2509
      s->name = names;
2510
      s->udata.p = NULL;
2511
      len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
2512
      memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
2513
      names += len;
2514
      if (p->addend != 0)
2515
        {
2516
          memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2517
          names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2518
          bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
2519
          names += strlen (names);
2520
        }
2521
      memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2522
      names += sizeof ("@plt");
2523
      ++s;
2524
      stub_vma += 16;
2525
    }
2526
 
2527
  /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table.  */
2528
  memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2529
  s->the_bfd = abfd;
2530
  s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2531
  s->section = glink;
2532
  s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
2533
  s->name = names;
2534
  memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
2535
  names += sizeof ("__glink");
2536
  s++;
2537
  count++;
2538
 
2539
  if (resolv_vma)
2540
    {
2541
      /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver.  */
2542
      memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2543
      s->the_bfd = abfd;
2544
      s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2545
      s->section = glink;
2546
      s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2547
      s->name = names;
2548
      memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2549
      names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2550
      s++;
2551
      count++;
2552
    }
2553
 
2554
  return count;
2555
}
2556
 
2557
/* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2558
   functions above are used generally.  They appear in this file more
2559
   or less in the order in which they are called.  eg.
2560
   ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2561
   ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2562
   called.  */
2563
 
2564
/* The PPC linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2565
   decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2566
   This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2567
   unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
2568
   regular ELF linker hash table.  */
2569
 
2570
struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs
2571
{
2572
  struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *next;
2573
 
2574
  /* The input section of the reloc.  */
2575
  asection *sec;
2576
 
2577
  /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
2578
  bfd_size_type count;
2579
 
2580
  /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
2581
  bfd_size_type pc_count;
2582
};
2583
 
2584
/* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol.  We might need more
2585
   than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary.  */
2586
struct plt_entry
2587
{
2588
  struct plt_entry *next;
2589
 
2590
  /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2591
     This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2592
     GOT pointer reg.  It will always be at least 32768.  (Current
2593
     gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2594
     sections together resulting in larger offsets).  */
2595
  bfd_vma addend;
2596
 
2597
  /* The .got2 section.  */
2598
  asection *sec;
2599
 
2600
  /* PLT refcount or offset.  */
2601
  union
2602
    {
2603
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2604
      bfd_vma offset;
2605
    } plt;
2606
 
2607
  /* .glink stub offset.  */
2608
  bfd_vma glink_offset;
2609
};
2610
 
2611
/* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this function
2612
   selects those that must be copied when linking a shared library,
2613
   even when the symbol is local.  */
2614
 
2615
static int
2616
must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2617
                   enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2618
{
2619
  switch (r_type)
2620
    {
2621
    default:
2622
      return 1;
2623
 
2624
    case R_PPC_REL24:
2625
    case R_PPC_REL14:
2626
    case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2627
    case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2628
    case R_PPC_REL32:
2629
      return 0;
2630
 
2631
    case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2632
    case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2633
    case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2634
    case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2635
    case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2636
      return !info->executable;
2637
    }
2638
}
2639
 
2640
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2641
   copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2642
   section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2643
   shared lib.  */
2644
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2645
 
2646
/* PPC ELF linker hash entry.  */
2647
 
2648
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2649
{
2650
  struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2651
 
2652
  /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2653
     specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2654
     from the beginning of the section.  */
2655
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2656
 
2657
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2658
  struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2659
 
2660
  /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
2661
     TLS_GD .. TLS_TLS bits are or'd into the mask as the
2662
     corresponding relocs are encountered during check_relocs.
2663
     tls_optimize clears TLS_GD .. TLS_TPREL when optimizing to
2664
     indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not needed.  */
2665
#define TLS_GD           1      /* GD reloc. */
2666
#define TLS_LD           2      /* LD reloc. */
2667
#define TLS_TPREL        4      /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2668
#define TLS_DTPREL       8      /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2669
#define TLS_TLS         16      /* Any TLS reloc.  */
2670
#define TLS_TPRELGD     32      /* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2671
#define PLT_IFUNC       64      /* STT_GNU_IFUNC.  */
2672
  char tls_mask;
2673
 
2674
  /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2675
     symbol.  */
2676
  unsigned char has_sda_refs;
2677
};
2678
 
2679
#define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2680
 
2681
/* PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
2682
 
2683
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2684
{
2685
  struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2686
 
2687
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2688
  asection *got;
2689
  asection *relgot;
2690
  asection *glink;
2691
  asection *plt;
2692
  asection *relplt;
2693
  asection *iplt;
2694
  asection *reliplt;
2695
  asection *dynbss;
2696
  asection *relbss;
2697
  asection *dynsbss;
2698
  asection *relsbss;
2699
  elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2700
  asection *sbss;
2701
 
2702
  /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks.  */
2703
  asection *srelplt2;
2704
 
2705
  /* The .got.plt section (VxWorks only)*/
2706
  asection *sgotplt;
2707
 
2708
  /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr.  */
2709
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2710
 
2711
  /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT.  */
2712
  bfd *old_bfd;
2713
 
2714
  /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling.  */
2715
  union {
2716
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2717
    bfd_vma offset;
2718
  } tlsld_got;
2719
 
2720
  /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink.  */
2721
  bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2722
 
2723
  /* Size of reserved GOT entries.  */
2724
  unsigned int got_header_size;
2725
  /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap.  */
2726
  unsigned int got_gap;
2727
 
2728
  /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use.  */
2729
  enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2730
 
2731
  /* Set if we should emit symbols for stubs.  */
2732
  unsigned int emit_stub_syms:1;
2733
 
2734
  /* Set if __tls_get_addr optimization should not be done.  */
2735
  unsigned int no_tls_get_addr_opt:1;
2736
 
2737
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2738
  unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2739
 
2740
  /* The size of PLT entries.  */
2741
  int plt_entry_size;
2742
  /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots.  */
2743
  int plt_slot_size;
2744
  /* The size of the first PLT entry.  */
2745
  int plt_initial_entry_size;
2746
 
2747
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2748
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2749
};
2750
 
2751
/* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2752
   are used here.  */
2753
 
2754
/* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations.  */
2755
#define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2756
 
2757
/* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr.  */
2758
#define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1
2759
 
2760
/* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2761
 
2762
#define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2763
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2764
  == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2765
 
2766
/* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
2767
 
2768
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2769
ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2770
                           struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2771
                           const char *string)
2772
{
2773
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2774
     subclass.  */
2775
  if (entry == NULL)
2776
    {
2777
      entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2778
                                 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2779
      if (entry == NULL)
2780
        return entry;
2781
    }
2782
 
2783
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2784
  entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2785
  if (entry != NULL)
2786
    {
2787
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2788
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2789
      ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2790
    }
2791
 
2792
  return entry;
2793
}
2794
 
2795
/* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table.  */
2796
 
2797
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2798
ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2799
{
2800
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2801
 
2802
  ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2803
  if (ret == NULL)
2804
    return NULL;
2805
 
2806
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2807
                                      ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2808
                                      sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2809
                                      PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2810
    {
2811
      free (ret);
2812
      return NULL;
2813
    }
2814
 
2815
  ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2816
  ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2817
  ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2818
  ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2819
 
2820
  ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2821
  ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2822
  ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2823
 
2824
  ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2825
  ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2826
  ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2827
 
2828
  ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2829
  ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2830
  ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2831
 
2832
  return &ret->elf.root;
2833
}
2834
 
2835
/* Create .got and the related sections.  */
2836
 
2837
static bfd_boolean
2838
ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2839
{
2840
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2841
  asection *s;
2842
  flagword flags;
2843
 
2844
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2845
    return FALSE;
2846
 
2847
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2848
  htab->got = s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
2849
  if (s == NULL)
2850
    abort ();
2851
 
2852
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
2853
    {
2854
      htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got.plt");
2855
      if (!htab->sgotplt)
2856
        abort ();
2857
    }
2858
  else
2859
    {
2860
      /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it.  Mark it
2861
         executable.  */
2862
      flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2863
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2864
      if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
2865
        return FALSE;
2866
    }
2867
 
2868
  htab->relgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.got");
2869
  if (!htab->relgot)
2870
    abort ();
2871
 
2872
  return TRUE;
2873
}
2874
 
2875
static bfd_boolean
2876
ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2877
{
2878
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2879
  asection *s;
2880
  flagword flags;
2881
 
2882
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2883
           | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2884
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2885
  htab->glink = s;
2886
  if (s == NULL
2887
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2888
    return FALSE;
2889
 
2890
  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2891
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2892
  htab->iplt = s;
2893
  if (s == NULL
2894
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
2895
    return FALSE;
2896
 
2897
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2898
           | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2899
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2900
  htab->reliplt = s;
2901
  if (s == NULL
2902
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
2903
    return FALSE;
2904
  return TRUE;
2905
}
2906
 
2907
/* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2908
   to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2909
   to create .dynbss and .rela.bss).  */
2910
 
2911
static bfd_boolean
2912
ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2913
{
2914
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2915
  asection *s;
2916
  flagword flags;
2917
 
2918
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2919
 
2920
  if (htab->got == NULL
2921
      && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2922
    return FALSE;
2923
 
2924
  if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2925
    return FALSE;
2926
 
2927
  if (htab->glink == NULL
2928
      && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2929
    return FALSE;
2930
 
2931
  htab->dynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
2932
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2933
                                   SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2934
  htab->dynsbss = s;
2935
  if (s == NULL)
2936
    return FALSE;
2937
 
2938
  if (! info->shared)
2939
    {
2940
      htab->relbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
2941
      flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2942
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2943
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2944
      htab->relsbss = s;
2945
      if (s == NULL
2946
          || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2))
2947
        return FALSE;
2948
    }
2949
 
2950
  if (htab->is_vxworks
2951
      && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2952
    return FALSE;
2953
 
2954
  htab->relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
2955
  htab->plt = s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
2956
  if (s == NULL)
2957
    abort ();
2958
 
2959
  flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2960
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2961
    /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents.  */
2962
    flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2963
  return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags);
2964
}
2965
 
2966
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
2967
 
2968
static void
2969
ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2970
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2971
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2972
{
2973
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2974
 
2975
  edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2976
  eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2977
 
2978
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2979
    {
2980
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2981
        {
2982
          struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2983
          struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2984
 
2985
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2986
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
2987
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2988
            {
2989
              struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2990
 
2991
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2992
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
2993
                  {
2994
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2995
                    q->count += p->count;
2996
                    *pp = p->next;
2997
                    break;
2998
                  }
2999
              if (q == NULL)
3000
                pp = &p->next;
3001
            }
3002
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
3003
        }
3004
 
3005
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
3006
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3007
    }
3008
 
3009
  edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
3010
  edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
3011
 
3012
  /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
3013
     of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
3014
     We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
3015
  if (!(ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3016
        && eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
3017
        && edir->elf.dynamic_adjusted))
3018
    edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
3019
 
3020
  edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
3021
  edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
3022
  edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
3023
  edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
3024
  edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
3025
 
3026
  /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all.  */
3027
  if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
3028
    return;
3029
 
3030
  /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
3031
     the symbol which just became indirect.  */
3032
  edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
3033
  eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
3034
 
3035
  /* And plt entries.  */
3036
  if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
3037
    {
3038
      if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
3039
        {
3040
          struct plt_entry **entp;
3041
          struct plt_entry *ent;
3042
 
3043
          for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
3044
            {
3045
              struct plt_entry *dent;
3046
 
3047
              for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
3048
                if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
3049
                  {
3050
                    dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
3051
                    *entp = ent->next;
3052
                    break;
3053
                  }
3054
              if (dent == NULL)
3055
                entp = &ent->next;
3056
            }
3057
          *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
3058
        }
3059
 
3060
      edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
3061
      eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
3062
    }
3063
 
3064
  if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
3065
    {
3066
      if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
3067
        _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
3068
                                edir->elf.dynstr_index);
3069
      edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
3070
      edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
3071
      eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
3072
      eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
3073
    }
3074
}
3075
 
3076
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
3077
   file.  We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss.  */
3078
 
3079
static bfd_boolean
3080
ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
3081
                         struct bfd_link_info *info,
3082
                         Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
3083
                         const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3084
                         flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3085
                         asection **secp,
3086
                         bfd_vma *valp)
3087
{
3088
  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
3089
      && !info->relocatable
3090
      && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
3091
      && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
3092
    {
3093
      /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
3094
         put into .sbss.  */
3095
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3096
 
3097
      htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3098
      if (htab->sbss == NULL)
3099
        {
3100
          flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3101
 
3102
          if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
3103
            htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3104
 
3105
          htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
3106
                                                           ".sbss",
3107
                                                           flags);
3108
          if (htab->sbss == NULL)
3109
            return FALSE;
3110
        }
3111
 
3112
      *secp = htab->sbss;
3113
      *valp = sym->st_size;
3114
    }
3115
 
3116
  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3117
    elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_ifunc_symbols = TRUE;
3118
 
3119
  return TRUE;
3120
}
3121
 
3122
static bfd_boolean
3123
create_sdata_sym (struct bfd_link_info *info, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
3124
{
3125
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3126
 
3127
  lsect->sym = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, lsect->sym_name,
3128
                                     TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3129
  if (lsect->sym == NULL)
3130
    return FALSE;
3131
  if (lsect->sym->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3132
    lsect->sym->non_elf = 0;
3133
  lsect->sym->ref_regular = 1;
3134
  _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, lsect->sym, TRUE);
3135
  return TRUE;
3136
}
3137
 
3138
/* Create a special linker section.  */
3139
 
3140
static bfd_boolean
3141
ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
3142
                               struct bfd_link_info *info,
3143
                               flagword flags,
3144
                               elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
3145
{
3146
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3147
  asection *s;
3148
 
3149
  flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
3150
            | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
3151
 
3152
  /* Record the first bfd that needs the special sections.  */
3153
  if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
3154
    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3155
 
3156
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
3157
                                          lsect->name,
3158
                                          flags);
3159
  if (s == NULL
3160
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, s, 2))
3161
    return FALSE;
3162
  lsect->section = s;
3163
 
3164
  return create_sdata_sym (info, lsect);
3165
}
3166
 
3167
/* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type.  */
3168
 
3169
static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
3170
elf_find_pointer_linker_section
3171
  (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
3172
   bfd_vma addend,
3173
   elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
3174
{
3175
  for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
3176
    if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
3177
      return linker_pointers;
3178
 
3179
  return NULL;
3180
}
3181
 
3182
/* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section.  */
3183
 
3184
static bfd_boolean
3185
elf_create_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
3186
                                   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
3187
                                   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3188
                                   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
3189
{
3190
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
3191
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
3192
  unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3193
  bfd_size_type amt;
3194
 
3195
  BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
3196
 
3197
  /* Is this a global symbol?  */
3198
  if (h != NULL)
3199
    {
3200
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
3201
 
3202
      /* Has this symbol already been allocated?  If so, our work is done.  */
3203
      eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3204
      if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
3205
                                           rel->r_addend,
3206
                                           lsect))
3207
        return TRUE;
3208
 
3209
      ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
3210
    }
3211
  else
3212
    {
3213
      BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
3214
 
3215
      /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol.  */
3216
      elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
3217
 
3218
      /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time.  */
3219
      if (!ptr)
3220
        {
3221
          unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
3222
 
3223
          amt = num_symbols;
3224
          amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
3225
          ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3226
 
3227
          if (!ptr)
3228
            return FALSE;
3229
 
3230
          elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
3231
        }
3232
 
3233
      /* Has this symbol already been allocated?  If so, our work is done.  */
3234
      if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
3235
                                           rel->r_addend,
3236
                                           lsect))
3237
        return TRUE;
3238
 
3239
      ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
3240
    }
3241
 
3242
  /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
3243
     a new pointer record from internal memory.  */
3244
  BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
3245
  amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
3246
  linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
3247
 
3248
  if (!linker_section_ptr)
3249
    return FALSE;
3250
 
3251
  linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
3252
  linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
3253
  linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
3254
  *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
3255
 
3256
  linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
3257
  lsect->section->size += 4;
3258
 
3259
#ifdef DEBUG
3260
  fprintf (stderr,
3261
           "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
3262
           lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
3263
           (long) lsect->section->size);
3264
#endif
3265
 
3266
  return TRUE;
3267
}
3268
 
3269
static struct plt_entry **
3270
update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
3271
                       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
3272
                       unsigned long r_symndx,
3273
                       int tls_type)
3274
{
3275
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
3276
  struct plt_entry **local_plt;
3277
  char *local_got_tls_masks;
3278
 
3279
  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
3280
    {
3281
      bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3282
 
3283
      size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
3284
               + sizeof (*local_plt)
3285
               + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
3286
      local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
3287
      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
3288
        return NULL;
3289
      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
3290
    }
3291
 
3292
  local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
3293
  local_got_tls_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
3294
  local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type;
3295
  if (tls_type != PLT_IFUNC)
3296
    local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
3297
  return local_plt + r_symndx;
3298
}
3299
 
3300
static bfd_boolean
3301
update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
3302
                 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
3303
{
3304
  struct plt_entry *ent;
3305
 
3306
  if (addend < 32768)
3307
    sec = NULL;
3308
  for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
3309
    if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
3310
      break;
3311
  if (ent == NULL)
3312
    {
3313
      bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent);
3314
      ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
3315
      if (ent == NULL)
3316
        return FALSE;
3317
      ent->next = *plist;
3318
      ent->sec = sec;
3319
      ent->addend = addend;
3320
      ent->plt.refcount = 0;
3321
      *plist = ent;
3322
    }
3323
  ent->plt.refcount += 1;
3324
  return TRUE;
3325
}
3326
 
3327
static struct plt_entry *
3328
find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
3329
{
3330
  struct plt_entry *ent;
3331
 
3332
  if (addend < 32768)
3333
    sec = NULL;
3334
  for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
3335
    if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
3336
      break;
3337
  return ent;
3338
}
3339
 
3340
static bfd_boolean
3341
is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
3342
{
3343
  return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3344
          || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
3345
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
3346
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
3347
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
3348
          || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
3349
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
3350
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
3351
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
3352
          || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN);
3353
}
3354
 
3355
static void
3356
bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
3357
{
3358
  (*_bfd_error_handler)
3359
    (_("%B: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
3360
     abfd,
3361
     ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
3362
  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3363
}
3364
 
3365
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
3366
   allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
3367
   table.  */
3368
 
3369
static bfd_boolean
3370
ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
3371
                      struct bfd_link_info *info,
3372
                      asection *sec,
3373
                      const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
3374
{
3375
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3376
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3377
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3378
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3379
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
3380
  asection *got2, *sreloc;
3381
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
3382
 
3383
  if (info->relocatable)
3384
    return TRUE;
3385
 
3386
  /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
3387
     In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
3388
     and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
3389
     or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
3390
     relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
3391
     libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate.  */
3392
  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
3393
    return TRUE;
3394
 
3395
#ifdef DEBUG
3396
  _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %A in %B",
3397
                      sec, abfd);
3398
#endif
3399
 
3400
  BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
3401
 
3402
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
3403
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
3404
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
3405
 
3406
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3407
  if (htab->glink == NULL)
3408
    {
3409
      if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3410
        htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3411
      if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3412
        return FALSE;
3413
    }
3414
  tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
3415
                              FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3416
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
3417
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
3418
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
3419
  sreloc = NULL;
3420
 
3421
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
3422
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
3423
    {
3424
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3425
      enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
3426
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3427
      int tls_type;
3428
 
3429
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3430
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3431
        h = NULL;
3432
      else
3433
        {
3434
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3435
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3436
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3437
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3438
        }
3439
 
3440
      /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
3441
         This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
3442
         startup code.  */
3443
      if (h != NULL
3444
          && htab->got == NULL
3445
          && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
3446
        {
3447
          if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3448
            htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3449
          if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3450
            return FALSE;
3451
          BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
3452
        }
3453
 
3454
      tls_type = 0;
3455
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3456
      if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
3457
        {
3458
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3459
                                                          abfd, r_symndx);
3460
          if (isym == NULL)
3461
            return FALSE;
3462
 
3463
          if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
3464
              && (!info->shared
3465
                  || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
3466
            {
3467
              struct plt_entry **ifunc;
3468
              bfd_vma addend;
3469
 
3470
              ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3471
                                             PLT_IFUNC);
3472
              if (ifunc == NULL)
3473
                return FALSE;
3474
 
3475
              /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
3476
                 In a non-pie executable even when there are
3477
                 no plt calls.  */
3478
              addend = 0;
3479
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3480
                {
3481
                  ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3482
                  if (info->shared)
3483
                    addend = rel->r_addend;
3484
                }
3485
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3486
                return FALSE;
3487
            }
3488
        }
3489
 
3490
      if (!htab->is_vxworks
3491
          && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3492
          && h != NULL
3493
          && h == tga)
3494
        {
3495
          if (rel != relocs
3496
              && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3497
                  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3498
            /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3499
               reloc.  */
3500
            ;
3501
          else
3502
            /* Mark this section as having an old-style call.  */
3503
            sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1;
3504
        }
3505
 
3506
      switch (r_type)
3507
        {
3508
        case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3509
        case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3510
          /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3511
             its parameter symbol.  */
3512
          break;
3513
 
3514
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3515
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3516
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3517
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3518
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3519
          goto dogottls;
3520
 
3521
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3522
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3523
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3524
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3525
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3526
          goto dogottls;
3527
 
3528
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3529
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3530
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3531
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3532
          if (!info->executable)
3533
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3534
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3535
          goto dogottls;
3536
 
3537
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3538
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3539
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3540
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3541
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3542
        dogottls:
3543
          sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3544
          /* Fall thru */
3545
 
3546
          /* GOT16 relocations */
3547
        case R_PPC_GOT16:
3548
        case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3549
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3550
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3551
          /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
3552
          if (htab->got == NULL)
3553
            {
3554
              if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3555
                htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3556
              if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3557
                return FALSE;
3558
            }
3559
          if (h != NULL)
3560
            {
3561
              h->got.refcount += 1;
3562
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3563
            }
3564
          else
3565
            /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
3566
            if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3567
              return FALSE;
3568
 
3569
          /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3570
             an ifunc.  */
3571
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
3572
            {
3573
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3574
                return FALSE;
3575
            }
3576
          break;
3577
 
3578
          /* Indirect .sdata relocation.  */
3579
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3580
          if (info->shared)
3581
            {
3582
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3583
              return FALSE;
3584
            }
3585
          if (htab->sdata[0].section == NULL
3586
              && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
3587
                                                 &htab->sdata[0]))
3588
            return FALSE;
3589
          if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3590
                                                  h, rel))
3591
            return FALSE;
3592
          if (h != NULL)
3593
            {
3594
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3595
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3596
            }
3597
          break;
3598
 
3599
          /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation.  */
3600
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3601
          if (info->shared)
3602
            {
3603
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3604
              return FALSE;
3605
            }
3606
          if (htab->sdata[1].section == NULL
3607
              && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
3608
                                                 &htab->sdata[1]))
3609
            return FALSE;
3610
          if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3611
                                                  h, rel))
3612
            return FALSE;
3613
          if (h != NULL)
3614
            {
3615
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3616
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3617
            }
3618
          break;
3619
 
3620
        case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3621
          if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL
3622
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0]))
3623
            return FALSE;
3624
          if (h != NULL)
3625
            {
3626
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3627
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3628
            }
3629
          break;
3630
 
3631
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3632
          if (info->shared)
3633
            {
3634
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3635
              return FALSE;
3636
            }
3637
          if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
3638
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
3639
            return FALSE;
3640
          if (h != NULL)
3641
            {
3642
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3643
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3644
            }
3645
          break;
3646
 
3647
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3648
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3649
          if (info->shared)
3650
            {
3651
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3652
              return FALSE;
3653
            }
3654
          if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL
3655
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0]))
3656
            return FALSE;
3657
          if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL
3658
              && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1]))
3659
            return FALSE;
3660
          if (h != NULL)
3661
            {
3662
              ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3663
              h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3664
            }
3665
          break;
3666
 
3667
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3668
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3669
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3670
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3671
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3672
          if (info->shared)
3673
            {
3674
              bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3675
              return FALSE;
3676
            }
3677
          if (h != NULL)
3678
            h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3679
          break;
3680
 
3681
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3682
          if (h == NULL)
3683
            break;
3684
          /* Fall through */
3685
        case R_PPC_PLT32:
3686
        case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3687
        case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3688
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3689
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3690
#ifdef DEBUG
3691
          fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3692
#endif
3693
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
3694
             actually build the entry in finish_dynamic_symbol,
3695
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code without
3696
             linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't
3697
             need to generate a procedure linkage table after all.  */
3698
 
3699
          if (h == NULL)
3700
            {
3701
              /* It does not make sense to have a procedure linkage
3702
                 table entry for a local symbol.  */
3703
              (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s reloc against "
3704
                                       "local symbol"),
3705
                                     abfd,
3706
                                     sec,
3707
                                     (long) rel->r_offset,
3708
                                     ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
3709
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3710
              return FALSE;
3711
            }
3712
          else
3713
            {
3714
              bfd_vma addend = 0;
3715
 
3716
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3717
                {
3718
                  ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3719
                  if (info->shared)
3720
                    addend = rel->r_addend;
3721
                }
3722
              h->needs_plt = 1;
3723
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, got2, addend))
3724
                return FALSE;
3725
            }
3726
          break;
3727
 
3728
          /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3729
             relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3730
             section relative.  */
3731
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3732
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3733
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3734
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3735
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3736
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3737
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3738
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3739
        case R_PPC_TOC16:
3740
          break;
3741
 
3742
        case R_PPC_REL16:
3743
        case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3744
        case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3745
        case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3746
          ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3747
          break;
3748
 
3749
          /* These are just markers.  */
3750
        case R_PPC_TLS:
3751
        case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3752
        case R_PPC_NONE:
3753
        case R_PPC_max:
3754
        case R_PPC_RELAX:
3755
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3756
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3757
          break;
3758
 
3759
          /* These should only appear in dynamic objects.  */
3760
        case R_PPC_COPY:
3761
        case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3762
        case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3763
        case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3764
        case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3765
          break;
3766
 
3767
          /* These aren't handled yet.  We'll report an error later.  */
3768
        case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3769
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3770
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3771
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3772
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3773
        case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3774
          break;
3775
 
3776
          /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library.  */
3777
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3778
          if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3779
            {
3780
              htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3781
              htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3782
            }
3783
          break;
3784
 
3785
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3786
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
3787
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3788
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3789
            return FALSE;
3790
          break;
3791
 
3792
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3793
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
3794
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3795
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
3796
          if (h != NULL
3797
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3798
            return FALSE;
3799
          break;
3800
 
3801
          /* We shouldn't really be seeing these.  */
3802
        case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3803
        case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3804
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3805
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3806
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3807
          if (!info->executable)
3808
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3809
          goto dodyn;
3810
 
3811
          /* Nor these.  */
3812
        case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3813
        case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3814
          goto dodyn;
3815
 
3816
        case R_PPC_REL32:
3817
          if (h == NULL
3818
              && got2 != NULL
3819
              && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3820
              && info->shared
3821
              && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3822
            {
3823
              /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3824
                 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3825
                 reference to .got2.  If we detect one of these, then
3826
                 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3827
                 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3828
                 PLT call stubs.  */
3829
              asection *s;
3830
              Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3831
 
3832
              isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3833
                                            abfd, r_symndx);
3834
              if (isym == NULL)
3835
                return FALSE;
3836
 
3837
              s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3838
              if (s == got2)
3839
                {
3840
                  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3841
                  htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3842
                }
3843
            }
3844
          if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3845
            break;
3846
          /* fall through */
3847
 
3848
        case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3849
        case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3850
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3851
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3852
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3853
        case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3854
        case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3855
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
3856
            {
3857
              /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3858
                 a function defined in a dynamic object.  */
3859
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3860
                return FALSE;
3861
 
3862
              /* We may need a copy reloc too.  */
3863
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
3864
              h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3865
            }
3866
          goto dodyn;
3867
 
3868
        case R_PPC_REL24:
3869
        case R_PPC_REL14:
3870
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3871
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3872
          if (h == NULL)
3873
            break;
3874
          if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3875
            {
3876
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3877
                {
3878
                  htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3879
                  htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3880
                }
3881
              break;
3882
            }
3883
          /* fall through */
3884
 
3885
        case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3886
        case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3887
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3888
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3889
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
3890
            {
3891
              /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3892
                 a function defined in a dynamic object.  */
3893
              h->needs_plt = 1;
3894
              if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3895
                return FALSE;
3896
              break;
3897
            }
3898
 
3899
        dodyn:
3900
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3901
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3902
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3903
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
3904
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3905
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3906
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
3907
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3908
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3909
             later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak definition,
3910
             DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3911
             a shared library.  We account for that possibility below by
3912
             storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3913
             table entry.  A similar situation occurs when creating
3914
             shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3915
             symbol local.
3916
 
3917
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3918
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3919
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3920
             symbol.  */
3921
          if ((info->shared
3922
               && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3923
                   || (h != NULL
3924
                       && (! info->symbolic
3925
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3926
                           || !h->def_regular))))
3927
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3928
                  && !info->shared
3929
                  && h != NULL
3930
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3931
                      || !h->def_regular)))
3932
            {
3933
              struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3934
              struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3935
 
3936
#ifdef DEBUG
3937
              fprintf (stderr,
3938
                       "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3939
                       "create relocation for %s\n",
3940
                       (h && h->root.root.string
3941
                        ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3942
#endif
3943
              if (sreloc == NULL)
3944
                {
3945
                  if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3946
                    htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3947
 
3948
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3949
                    (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3950
 
3951
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
3952
                    return FALSE;
3953
                }
3954
 
3955
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3956
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
3957
              if (h != NULL)
3958
                {
3959
                  rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs;
3960
                }
3961
              else
3962
                {
3963
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3964
                     We really need local syms available to do this
3965
                     easily.  Oh well.  */
3966
                  asection *s;
3967
                  void *vpp;
3968
                  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3969
 
3970
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3971
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
3972
                  if (isym == NULL)
3973
                    return FALSE;
3974
 
3975
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3976
                  if (s == NULL)
3977
                    s = sec;
3978
 
3979
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3980
                  rel_head = (struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3981
                }
3982
 
3983
              p = *rel_head;
3984
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3985
                {
3986
                  p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3987
                  if (p == NULL)
3988
                    return FALSE;
3989
                  p->next = *rel_head;
3990
                  *rel_head = p;
3991
                  p->sec = sec;
3992
                  p->count = 0;
3993
                  p->pc_count = 0;
3994
                }
3995
 
3996
              p->count += 1;
3997
              if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3998
                p->pc_count += 1;
3999
            }
4000
 
4001
          break;
4002
        }
4003
    }
4004
 
4005
  return TRUE;
4006
}
4007
 
4008
 
4009
/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD.  Raise an error if
4010
   there are conflicting attributes.  */
4011
static bfd_boolean
4012
ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
4013
{
4014
  obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
4015
  obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
4016
 
4017
  if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
4018
    {
4019
      /* This is the first object.  Copy the attributes.  */
4020
      _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
4021
 
4022
      /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
4023
         initialized.  */
4024
      elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
4025
 
4026
      return TRUE;
4027
    }
4028
 
4029
  in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
4030
  out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
4031
 
4032
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes and merge
4033
     non-conflicting ones.  */
4034
  in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
4035
  out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
4036
  if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
4037
    {
4038
      out_attr->type = 1;
4039
      if (out_attr->i == 0)
4040
        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4041
      else if (in_attr->i == 0)
4042
        ;
4043
      else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2)
4044
        _bfd_error_handler
4045
          (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), obfd, ibfd);
4046
      else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 3)
4047
        _bfd_error_handler
4048
          (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
4049
          obfd, ibfd);
4050
      else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 1)
4051
        _bfd_error_handler
4052
          (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
4053
          ibfd, obfd);
4054
      else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 2)
4055
        _bfd_error_handler
4056
          (_("Warning: %B uses soft float, %B uses single-precision hard float"),
4057
          ibfd, obfd);
4058
      else if (out_attr->i == 2 && (in_attr->i == 1 || in_attr->i == 3))
4059
        _bfd_error_handler
4060
          (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), ibfd, obfd);
4061
      else if (in_attr->i > 3)
4062
        _bfd_error_handler
4063
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
4064
           in_attr->i);
4065
      else
4066
        _bfd_error_handler
4067
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
4068
           out_attr->i);
4069
    }
4070
 
4071
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
4072
     merge non-conflicting ones.  */
4073
  in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
4074
  out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
4075
  if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
4076
    {
4077
      const char *in_abi = NULL, *out_abi = NULL;
4078
 
4079
      switch (in_attr->i)
4080
        {
4081
        case 1: in_abi = "generic"; break;
4082
        case 2: in_abi = "AltiVec"; break;
4083
        case 3: in_abi = "SPE"; break;
4084
        }
4085
 
4086
      switch (out_attr->i)
4087
        {
4088
        case 1: out_abi = "generic"; break;
4089
        case 2: out_abi = "AltiVec"; break;
4090
        case 3: out_abi = "SPE"; break;
4091
        }
4092
 
4093
      out_attr->type = 1;
4094
      if (out_attr->i == 0)
4095
        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4096
      else if (in_attr->i == 0)
4097
        ;
4098
      /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
4099
         without a warning.  If GCC marked files with their stack
4100
         alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
4101
         not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
4102
         case too.  */
4103
      else if (out_attr->i == 1)
4104
        out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4105
      else if (in_attr->i == 1)
4106
        ;
4107
      else if (in_abi == NULL)
4108
        _bfd_error_handler
4109
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), ibfd,
4110
           in_attr->i);
4111
      else if (out_abi == NULL)
4112
        _bfd_error_handler
4113
          (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), obfd,
4114
           in_attr->i);
4115
      else
4116
        _bfd_error_handler
4117
          (_("Warning: %B uses vector ABI \"%s\", %B uses \"%s\""),
4118
           ibfd, obfd, in_abi, out_abi);
4119
    }
4120
 
4121
  /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
4122
     and merge non-conflicting ones.  */
4123
  in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
4124
  out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
4125
  if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
4126
    {
4127
      out_attr->type = 1;
4128
      if (out_attr->i == 0)
4129
       out_attr->i = in_attr->i;
4130
      else if (in_attr->i == 0)
4131
       ;
4132
      else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2)
4133
       _bfd_error_handler
4134
         (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), obfd, ibfd);
4135
      else if (out_attr->i == 2 && in_attr->i == 1)
4136
       _bfd_error_handler
4137
         (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), ibfd, obfd);
4138
      else if (in_attr->i > 2)
4139
       _bfd_error_handler
4140
         (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), ibfd,
4141
          in_attr->i);
4142
      else
4143
       _bfd_error_handler
4144
         (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), obfd,
4145
          out_attr->i);
4146
    }
4147
 
4148
  /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.  */
4149
  _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
4150
 
4151
  return TRUE;
4152
}
4153
 
4154
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
4155
   object file when linking.  */
4156
 
4157
static bfd_boolean
4158
ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
4159
{
4160
  flagword old_flags;
4161
  flagword new_flags;
4162
  bfd_boolean error;
4163
 
4164
  if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
4165
    return TRUE;
4166
 
4167
  /* Check if we have the same endianess.  */
4168
  if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
4169
    return FALSE;
4170
 
4171
  if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
4172
    return FALSE;
4173
 
4174
  new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
4175
  old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
4176
  if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
4177
    {
4178
      /* First call, no flags set.  */
4179
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
4180
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
4181
    }
4182
 
4183
  /* Compatible flags are ok.  */
4184
  else if (new_flags == old_flags)
4185
    ;
4186
 
4187
  /* Incompatible flags.  */
4188
  else
4189
    {
4190
      /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch.  Allow -mrelocatable-lib
4191
         to be linked with either.  */
4192
      error = FALSE;
4193
      if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
4194
          && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
4195
        {
4196
          error = TRUE;
4197
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
4198
            (_("%B: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
4199
               "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
4200
        }
4201
      else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
4202
               && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
4203
        {
4204
          error = TRUE;
4205
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
4206
            (_("%B: compiled normally and linked with "
4207
               "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
4208
        }
4209
 
4210
      /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are.  */
4211
      if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
4212
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
4213
 
4214
      /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
4215
         but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.  */
4216
      if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
4217
          && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
4218
          && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
4219
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
4220
 
4221
      /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
4222
         any module uses it.  */
4223
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
4224
 
4225
      new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
4226
      old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
4227
 
4228
      /* Warn about any other mismatches.  */
4229
      if (new_flags != old_flags)
4230
        {
4231
          error = TRUE;
4232
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
4233
            (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields "
4234
               "than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
4235
             ibfd, (long) new_flags, (long) old_flags);
4236
        }
4237
 
4238
      if (error)
4239
        {
4240
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4241
          return FALSE;
4242
        }
4243
    }
4244
 
4245
  return TRUE;
4246
}
4247
 
4248
/* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
4249
   Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT.  */
4250
int
4251
ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4252
                           struct bfd_link_info *info,
4253
                           enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_style,
4254
                           int emit_stub_syms)
4255
{
4256
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4257
  flagword flags;
4258
 
4259
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4260
 
4261
  htab->emit_stub_syms = emit_stub_syms;
4262
 
4263
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4264
    {
4265
      if (plt_style == PLT_OLD)
4266
        htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4267
      else
4268
        {
4269
          bfd *ibfd;
4270
          enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = plt_style;
4271
 
4272
          /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4273
             Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4274
             without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4275
             --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs.  */
4276
          if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4277
            plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4278
          for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
4279
            if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4280
              {
4281
                if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4282
                  plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4283
                else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4284
                  {
4285
                    plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4286
                    htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4287
                    break;
4288
                  }
4289
              }
4290
          htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4291
        }
4292
    }
4293
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4294
    info->callbacks->info (_("Using bss-plt due to %B"), htab->old_bfd);
4295
 
4296
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4297
 
4298
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4299
    {
4300
      flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4301
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4302
 
4303
      /* The new PLT is a loaded section.  */
4304
      if (htab->plt != NULL
4305
          && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->plt, flags))
4306
        return -1;
4307
 
4308
      /* The new GOT is not executable.  */
4309
      if (htab->got != NULL
4310
          && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->got, flags))
4311
        return -1;
4312
    }
4313
  else
4314
    {
4315
      /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment.  */
4316
      if (htab->glink != NULL
4317
          && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink, 0))
4318
        return -1;
4319
    }
4320
  return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4321
}
4322
 
4323
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4324
   relocation.  */
4325
 
4326
static asection *
4327
ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4328
                      struct bfd_link_info *info,
4329
                      Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4330
                      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4331
                      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4332
{
4333
  if (h != NULL)
4334
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4335
      {
4336
      case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4337
      case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4338
        return NULL;
4339
      }
4340
 
4341
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4342
}
4343
 
4344
/* Update the got, plt and dynamic reloc reference counts for the
4345
   section being removed.  */
4346
 
4347
static bfd_boolean
4348
ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
4349
                       struct bfd_link_info *info,
4350
                       asection *sec,
4351
                       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
4352
{
4353
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4354
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4355
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4356
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
4357
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
4358
  asection *got2;
4359
 
4360
  if (info->relocatable)
4361
    return TRUE;
4362
 
4363
  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4364
    return TRUE;
4365
 
4366
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
4367
 
4368
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4369
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4370
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
4371
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
4372
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
4373
 
4374
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
4375
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
4376
    {
4377
      unsigned long r_symndx;
4378
      enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4379
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4380
 
4381
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4382
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4383
        {
4384
          struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp, *p;
4385
          struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
4386
 
4387
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4388
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4389
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4390
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4391
          eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4392
 
4393
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
4394
            if (p->sec == sec)
4395
              {
4396
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
4397
                *pp = p->next;
4398
                break;
4399
              }
4400
        }
4401
 
4402
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4403
      if (!htab->is_vxworks
4404
          && h == NULL
4405
          && local_got_refcounts != NULL
4406
          && (!info->shared
4407
              || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
4408
        {
4409
          struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4410
            (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4411
          char *local_got_tls_masks = (char *)
4412
            (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4413
          if ((local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] & PLT_IFUNC) != 0)
4414
            {
4415
              struct plt_entry **ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
4416
              bfd_vma addend = 0;
4417
              struct plt_entry *ent;
4418
 
4419
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
4420
                addend = rel->r_addend;
4421
              ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
4422
              if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4423
                ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4424
              continue;
4425
            }
4426
        }
4427
 
4428
      switch (r_type)
4429
        {
4430
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4431
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4432
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4433
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4434
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4435
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4436
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4437
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4438
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4439
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4440
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4441
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4442
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
4443
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
4444
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
4445
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
4446
        case R_PPC_GOT16:
4447
        case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
4448
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
4449
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
4450
          if (h != NULL)
4451
            {
4452
              if (h->got.refcount > 0)
4453
                h->got.refcount--;
4454
              if (!info->shared)
4455
                {
4456
                  struct plt_entry *ent;
4457
 
4458
                  ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, NULL, 0);
4459
                  if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4460
                    ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4461
                }
4462
            }
4463
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
4464
            {
4465
              if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
4466
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]--;
4467
            }
4468
          break;
4469
 
4470
        case R_PPC_REL24:
4471
        case R_PPC_REL14:
4472
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
4473
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
4474
        case R_PPC_REL32:
4475
          if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
4476
            break;
4477
          /* Fall thru */
4478
 
4479
        case R_PPC_ADDR32:
4480
        case R_PPC_ADDR24:
4481
        case R_PPC_ADDR16:
4482
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
4483
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
4484
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
4485
        case R_PPC_ADDR14:
4486
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
4487
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
4488
        case R_PPC_UADDR32:
4489
        case R_PPC_UADDR16:
4490
          if (info->shared)
4491
            break;
4492
 
4493
        case R_PPC_PLT32:
4494
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
4495
        case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
4496
        case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
4497
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
4498
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
4499
          if (h != NULL)
4500
            {
4501
              bfd_vma addend = 0;
4502
              struct plt_entry *ent;
4503
 
4504
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
4505
                addend = rel->r_addend;
4506
              ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, addend);
4507
              if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4508
                ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4509
            }
4510
          break;
4511
 
4512
        default:
4513
          break;
4514
        }
4515
    }
4516
  return TRUE;
4517
}
4518
 
4519
/* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4520
   generic ELF tls_setup function.  */
4521
 
4522
asection *
4523
ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd,
4524
                   struct bfd_link_info *info,
4525
                   int no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4526
{
4527
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4528
 
4529
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4530
  htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4531
                                             FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4532
  if (!no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4533
    {
4534
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4535
      opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4536
                                  FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4537
      if (opt != NULL
4538
          && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4539
              || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4540
        {
4541
          /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4542
             signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4543
             be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4544
             make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt.  */
4545
          tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4546
          if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4547
              && tga != NULL
4548
              && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4549
                  || tga->needs_plt)
4550
              && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4551
                   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (tga->other) != STV_DEFAULT
4552
                       && tga->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
4553
            {
4554
              struct plt_entry *ent;
4555
              for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4556
                if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4557
                  break;
4558
              if (ent != NULL)
4559
                {
4560
                  tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4561
                  tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4562
                  ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4563
                  if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4564
                    {
4565
                      /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations.  */
4566
                      opt->dynindx = -1;
4567
                      _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4568
                                              opt->dynstr_index);
4569
                      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4570
                        return FALSE;
4571
                    }
4572
                  htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4573
                }
4574
            }
4575
        }
4576
      else
4577
        no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4578
    }
4579
  htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt = no_tls_get_addr_opt;
4580
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4581
      && htab->plt != NULL
4582
      && htab->plt->output_section != NULL)
4583
    {
4584
      elf_section_type (htab->plt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4585
      elf_section_flags (htab->plt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4586
    }
4587
 
4588
  return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4589
}
4590
 
4591
/* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4592
   HASH.  */
4593
 
4594
static bfd_boolean
4595
branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4596
                         const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4597
                         const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4598
{
4599
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4600
  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4601
  unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4602
 
4603
  if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4604
    {
4605
      struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4606
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4607
 
4608
      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4609
      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4610
             || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4611
        h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4612
      if (h == hash)
4613
        return TRUE;
4614
    }
4615
  return FALSE;
4616
}
4617
 
4618
/* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4619
   opportunities.  */
4620
 
4621
bfd_boolean
4622
ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4623
                      struct bfd_link_info *info)
4624
{
4625
  bfd *ibfd;
4626
  asection *sec;
4627
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4628
  int pass;
4629
 
4630
  if (info->relocatable || !info->executable)
4631
    return TRUE;
4632
 
4633
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4634
  /* Make two passes through the relocs.  First time check that tls
4635
     relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4636
     followed by such a call.  If they are not, exclude them from
4637
     the optimizations done on the second pass.  */
4638
  for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4639
    for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
4640
      {
4641
        Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = NULL;
4642
        Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4643
        asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4644
 
4645
        for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4646
          if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4647
            {
4648
              Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4649
 
4650
              /* Read the relocations.  */
4651
              relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4652
                                                    info->keep_memory);
4653
              if (relstart == NULL)
4654
                return FALSE;
4655
 
4656
              relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4657
              for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4658
                {
4659
                  enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4660
                  unsigned long r_symndx;
4661
                  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4662
                  char *tls_mask;
4663
                  char tls_set, tls_clear;
4664
                  bfd_boolean is_local;
4665
                  int expecting_tls_get_addr;
4666
                  bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4667
 
4668
                  r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4669
                  if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4670
                    {
4671
                      struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4672
 
4673
                      sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4674
                      h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4675
                      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4676
                             || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4677
                        h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4678
                    }
4679
 
4680
                  expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4681
                  is_local = FALSE;
4682
                  if (h == NULL
4683
                      || !h->def_dynamic)
4684
                    is_local = TRUE;
4685
 
4686
                  r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4687
                  switch (r_type)
4688
                    {
4689
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4690
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4691
                      expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4692
                      /* Fall thru */
4693
 
4694
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4695
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4696
                      /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4697
                         defined in a shared lib.  Leave them alone if
4698
                         that turns out to be the case.  */
4699
                      if (!is_local)
4700
                        continue;
4701
 
4702
                      /* LD -> LE */
4703
                      tls_set = 0;
4704
                      tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4705
                      break;
4706
 
4707
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4708
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4709
                      expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4710
                      /* Fall thru */
4711
 
4712
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4713
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4714
                      if (is_local)
4715
                        /* GD -> LE */
4716
                        tls_set = 0;
4717
                      else
4718
                        /* GD -> IE */
4719
                        tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPRELGD;
4720
                      tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4721
                      break;
4722
 
4723
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4724
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4725
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4726
                    case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4727
                      if (is_local)
4728
                        {
4729
                          /* IE -> LE */
4730
                          tls_set = 0;
4731
                          tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4732
                          break;
4733
                        }
4734
                      else
4735
                        continue;
4736
 
4737
                    case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4738
                    case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4739
                      expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4740
                      tls_set = 0;
4741
                      tls_clear = 0;
4742
                      break;
4743
 
4744
                    default:
4745
                      continue;
4746
                    }
4747
 
4748
                  if (pass == 0)
4749
                    {
4750
                      if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4751
                          || (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1
4752
                              && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call))
4753
                        continue;
4754
 
4755
                      if (rel + 1 < relend
4756
                          && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4757
                                                      htab->tls_get_addr))
4758
                        continue;
4759
 
4760
                      /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call.  We
4761
                         could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4762
                         from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4763
                         the entire section.  */
4764
                      sec->has_tls_reloc = 0;
4765
                      break;
4766
                    }
4767
 
4768
                  if (expecting_tls_get_addr)
4769
                    {
4770
                      struct plt_entry *ent;
4771
                      bfd_vma addend = 0;
4772
 
4773
                      if (info->shared
4774
                          && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
4775
                        addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4776
                      ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4777
                                          got2, addend);
4778
                      if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4779
                        ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4780
 
4781
                      if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2)
4782
                        continue;
4783
                    }
4784
 
4785
                  if (h != NULL)
4786
                    {
4787
                      tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4788
                      got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4789
                    }
4790
                  else
4791
                    {
4792
                      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4793
                      bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4794
                      struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4795
                      char *lgot_masks;
4796
 
4797
                      if (locsyms == NULL)
4798
                        {
4799
                          locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4800
                          if (locsyms == NULL)
4801
                            locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4802
                                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4803
                                                            0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4804
                          if (locsyms == NULL)
4805
                            {
4806
                              if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4807
                                free (relstart);
4808
                              return FALSE;
4809
                            }
4810
                        }
4811
                      sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4812
                      lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4813
                      if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4814
                        abort ();
4815
                      local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4816
                        (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4817
                      lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4818
                      tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4819
                      got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4820
                    }
4821
 
4822
                  if (tls_set == 0)
4823
                    {
4824
                      /* We managed to get rid of a got entry.  */
4825
                      if (*got_count > 0)
4826
                        *got_count -= 1;
4827
                    }
4828
 
4829
                  *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4830
                  *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4831
                }
4832
 
4833
              if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4834
                free (relstart);
4835
            }
4836
 
4837
        if (locsyms != NULL
4838
            && (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) locsyms))
4839
          {
4840
            if (!info->keep_memory)
4841
              free (locsyms);
4842
            else
4843
              symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) locsyms;
4844
          }
4845
      }
4846
  return TRUE;
4847
}
4848
 
4849
/* Return true if we have dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
4850
 
4851
static bfd_boolean
4852
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4853
{
4854
  struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4855
 
4856
  for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4857
    {
4858
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
4859
 
4860
      if (s != NULL
4861
          && ((s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
4862
              == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)))
4863
        return TRUE;
4864
    }
4865
  return FALSE;
4866
}
4867
 
4868
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4869
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
4870
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
4871
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4872
   understand.  */
4873
 
4874
static bfd_boolean
4875
ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4876
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4877
{
4878
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4879
  asection *s;
4880
 
4881
#ifdef DEBUG
4882
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4883
           h->root.root.string);
4884
#endif
4885
 
4886
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
4887
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4888
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4889
              && (h->needs_plt
4890
                  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4891
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
4892
                  || (h->def_dynamic
4893
                      && h->ref_regular
4894
                      && !h->def_regular)));
4895
 
4896
  /* Deal with function syms.  */
4897
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4898
      || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4899
      || h->needs_plt)
4900
    {
4901
      /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4902
         won't need a .plt entry.  */
4903
      struct plt_entry *ent;
4904
      for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4905
        if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4906
          break;
4907
      if (ent == NULL
4908
          || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4909
              && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4910
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
4911
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
4912
        {
4913
          /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4914
 
4915
             1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4916
             can't be set up, so we can't use one.  In this case,
4917
             ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4918
 
4919
             2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4920
 
4921
             3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4922
             will go to this object, or will remain undefined.  */
4923
          h->plt.plist = NULL;
4924
          h->needs_plt = 0;
4925
        }
4926
      else
4927
        {
4928
          /* After adjust_dynamic_symbol, non_got_ref set in the
4929
             non-shared case means that we have allocated space in
4930
             .dynbss for the symbol and thus dyn_relocs for this
4931
             symbol should be discarded.
4932
             If we get here we know we are making a PLT entry for this
4933
             symbol, and in an executable we'd normally resolve
4934
             relocations against this symbol to the PLT entry.  Allow
4935
             dynamic relocs if the reference is weak, and the dynamic
4936
             relocs will not cause text relocation.  */
4937
          if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak
4938
              && h->non_got_ref
4939
              && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4940
              && !htab->is_vxworks
4941
              && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4942
              && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4943
            h->non_got_ref = 0;
4944
        }
4945
      return TRUE;
4946
    }
4947
  else
4948
    h->plt.plist = NULL;
4949
 
4950
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4951
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4952
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
4953
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
4954
    {
4955
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4956
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
4957
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
4958
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
4959
      if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
4960
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
4961
      return TRUE;
4962
    }
4963
 
4964
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4965
     is not a function.  */
4966
 
4967
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4968
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4969
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4970
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
4971
  if (info->shared)
4972
    return TRUE;
4973
 
4974
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4975
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
4976
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
4977
    return TRUE;
4978
 
4979
   /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4980
      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4981
      We can't do this if there are any small data relocations.  This
4982
      doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4983
      relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4984
      executable.  */
4985
  if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4986
      && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4987
      && !htab->is_vxworks
4988
      && !h->def_regular
4989
      && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4990
    {
4991
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
4992
      return TRUE;
4993
    }
4994
 
4995
  if (h->size == 0)
4996
    {
4997
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
4998
                             h->root.root.string);
4999
      return TRUE;
5000
    }
5001
 
5002
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
5003
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
5004
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
5005
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
5006
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
5007
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
5008
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
5009
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
5010
     same memory location for the variable.
5011
 
5012
     Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
5013
     must instead allocate it in .sbss.  */
5014
 
5015
  if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
5016
    s = htab->dynsbss;
5017
  else
5018
    s = htab->dynbss;
5019
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5020
 
5021
  /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
5022
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
5023
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
5024
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
5025
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5026
    {
5027
      asection *srel;
5028
 
5029
      if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
5030
        srel = htab->relsbss;
5031
      else
5032
        srel = htab->relbss;
5033
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
5034
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5035
      h->needs_copy = 1;
5036
    }
5037
 
5038
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
5039
}
5040
 
5041
/* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs.  For non-PIC code the sym is
5042
   xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
5043
   specifying the addend on the plt relocation.  For -fpic code, the sym
5044
   is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
5045
   xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>.  */
5046
 
5047
static bfd_boolean
5048
add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
5049
              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5050
              struct bfd_link_info *info)
5051
{
5052
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5053
  size_t len1, len2, len3;
5054
  char *name;
5055
  const char *stub;
5056
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5057
 
5058
  if (info->shared)
5059
    stub = ".plt_pic32.";
5060
  else
5061
    stub = ".plt_call32.";
5062
 
5063
  len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
5064
  len2 = strlen (stub);
5065
  len3 = 0;
5066
  if (ent->sec)
5067
    len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
5068
  name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
5069
  if (name == NULL)
5070
    return FALSE;
5071
  sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
5072
  if (ent->sec)
5073
    memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
5074
  memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
5075
  memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
5076
  sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5077
  if (sh == NULL)
5078
    return FALSE;
5079
  if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5080
    {
5081
      sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5082
      sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5083
      sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5084
      sh->ref_regular = 1;
5085
      sh->def_regular = 1;
5086
      sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5087
      sh->forced_local = 1;
5088
      sh->non_elf = 0;
5089
    }
5090
  return TRUE;
5091
}
5092
 
5093
/* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5094
   Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k.  */
5095
 
5096
static bfd_vma
5097
allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5098
{
5099
  bfd_vma where;
5100
  unsigned int max_before_header;
5101
 
5102
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5103
    {
5104
      where = htab->got->size;
5105
      htab->got->size += need;
5106
    }
5107
  else
5108
    {
5109
      max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5110
      if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5111
        {
5112
          where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5113
          htab->got_gap -= need;
5114
        }
5115
      else
5116
        {
5117
          if (htab->got->size + need > max_before_header
5118
              && htab->got->size <= max_before_header)
5119
            {
5120
              htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->got->size;
5121
              htab->got->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5122
            }
5123
          where = htab->got->size;
5124
          htab->got->size += need;
5125
        }
5126
    }
5127
  return where;
5128
}
5129
 
5130
/* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs.  */
5131
 
5132
static bfd_boolean
5133
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5134
{
5135
  struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5136
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5137
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5138
  struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5139
 
5140
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5141
    return TRUE;
5142
 
5143
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5144
    /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
5145
       entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
5146
       symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
5147
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5148
 
5149
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5150
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5151
      || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5152
    {
5153
      struct plt_entry *ent;
5154
      bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5155
      bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0;
5156
      bfd_boolean dyn;
5157
 
5158
      for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5159
        if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5160
          {
5161
            /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
5162
            if (h->dynindx == -1
5163
                && !h->forced_local
5164
                && !h->def_regular
5165
                && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5166
              {
5167
                if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5168
                  return FALSE;
5169
              }
5170
 
5171
            dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
5172
            if (info->shared
5173
                || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5174
                || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))
5175
              {
5176
                asection *s = htab->plt;
5177
                if (!dyn || h->dynindx == -1)
5178
                  s = htab->iplt;
5179
 
5180
                if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn || h->dynindx == -1)
5181
                  {
5182
                    if (!doneone)
5183
                      {
5184
                        plt_offset = s->size;
5185
                        s->size += 4;
5186
                      }
5187
                    ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5188
 
5189
                    s = htab->glink;
5190
                    if (!doneone || info->shared)
5191
                      {
5192
                        glink_offset = s->size;
5193
                        s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
5194
                        if (h == htab->tls_get_addr
5195
                            && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
5196
                          s->size += TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
5197
                      }
5198
                    if (!doneone
5199
                        && !info->shared
5200
                        && h->def_dynamic
5201
                        && !h->def_regular)
5202
                      {
5203
                        h->root.u.def.section = s;
5204
                        h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5205
                      }
5206
                    ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5207
 
5208
                    if (htab->emit_stub_syms
5209
                        && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5210
                      return FALSE;
5211
                  }
5212
                else
5213
                  {
5214
                    if (!doneone)
5215
                      {
5216
                        /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5217
                           for the special first entry.  */
5218
                        if (s->size == 0)
5219
                          s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5220
 
5221
                        /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5222
                           parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5223
                           and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5224
                           word available at the end.  */
5225
                        plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5226
                                      + (htab->plt_slot_size
5227
                                         * ((s->size
5228
                                             - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5229
                                            / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5230
 
5231
                        /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5232
                           file, and we are not generating a shared
5233
                           library, then set the symbol to this location
5234
                           in the .plt.  This is to avoid text
5235
                           relocations, and is required to make
5236
                           function pointers compare as equal between
5237
                           the normal executable and the shared library.  */
5238
                        if (! info->shared
5239
                            && h->def_dynamic
5240
                            && !h->def_regular)
5241
                          {
5242
                            h->root.u.def.section = s;
5243
                            h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5244
                          }
5245
 
5246
                        /* Make room for this entry.  */
5247
                        s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5248
                        /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5249
                           is allocated.  */
5250
                        if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5251
                            && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5252
                                / htab->plt_entry_size
5253
                               > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5254
                          s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5255
                      }
5256
                    ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5257
                  }
5258
 
5259
                /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
5260
                if (!doneone)
5261
                  {
5262
                    if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5263
                        || h->dynindx == -1)
5264
                      htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5265
                    else
5266
                      {
5267
                        htab->relplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5268
 
5269
                        if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5270
                          {
5271
                            /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations.  */
5272
                            if (!info->shared
5273
                                && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5274
                              {
5275
                                if (ent->plt.offset
5276
                                    == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5277
                                  {
5278
                                    htab->srelplt2->size
5279
                                      += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5280
                                          * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5281
                                  }
5282
 
5283
                                htab->srelplt2->size
5284
                                  += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5285
                                      * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5286
                              }
5287
 
5288
                            /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5289
                               .got.plt.  */
5290
                            htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
5291
                          }
5292
                      }
5293
                    doneone = TRUE;
5294
                  }
5295
              }
5296
            else
5297
              ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5298
          }
5299
        else
5300
          ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5301
 
5302
      if (!doneone)
5303
        {
5304
          h->plt.plist = NULL;
5305
          h->needs_plt = 0;
5306
        }
5307
    }
5308
  else
5309
    {
5310
      h->plt.plist = NULL;
5311
      h->needs_plt = 0;
5312
    }
5313
 
5314
  eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5315
  if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0)
5316
    {
5317
      bfd_boolean dyn;
5318
      unsigned int need;
5319
 
5320
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
5321
      if (eh->elf.dynindx == -1
5322
          && !eh->elf.forced_local
5323
          && eh->elf.type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
5324
          && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5325
        {
5326
          if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &eh->elf))
5327
            return FALSE;
5328
        }
5329
 
5330
      need = 0;
5331
      if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0)
5332
        {
5333
          if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0)
5334
            {
5335
              if (!eh->elf.def_dynamic)
5336
                /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset.  This should
5337
                   always be the case.  It's a little odd if we have
5338
                   a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol.  */
5339
                htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5340
              else
5341
                need += 8;
5342
            }
5343
          if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5344
            need += 8;
5345
          if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
5346
            need += 4;
5347
          if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5348
            need += 4;
5349
        }
5350
      else
5351
        need += 4;
5352
      if (need == 0)
5353
        eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5354
      else
5355
        {
5356
          eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5357
          dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
5358
          if ((info->shared
5359
               || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, &eh->elf))
5360
              && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) == STV_DEFAULT
5361
                  || eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
5362
            {
5363
              asection *rsec = htab->relgot;
5364
              /* All the entries we allocated need relocs.
5365
                 Except LD only needs one.  */
5366
              if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
5367
                  && eh->elf.def_dynamic)
5368
                need -= 4;
5369
              rsec->size += need * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4);
5370
            }
5371
        }
5372
    }
5373
  else
5374
    eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5375
 
5376
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL
5377
      || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5378
    return TRUE;
5379
 
5380
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5381
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5382
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
5383
     space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5384
     changes.  */
5385
 
5386
  if (info->shared)
5387
    {
5388
      /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5389
         or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5390
         generated via assembly.  We want calls to protected symbols to
5391
         resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5392
         If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5393
         then they should avoid writing weird assembly.  */
5394
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5395
        {
5396
          struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5397
 
5398
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5399
            {
5400
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
5401
              p->pc_count = 0;
5402
              if (p->count == 0)
5403
                *pp = p->next;
5404
              else
5405
                pp = &p->next;
5406
            }
5407
        }
5408
 
5409
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
5410
        {
5411
          struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5412
 
5413
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5414
            {
5415
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5416
                *pp = p->next;
5417
              else
5418
                pp = &p->next;
5419
            }
5420
        }
5421
 
5422
      /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local.  */
5423
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
5424
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5425
          && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN
5426
              || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL))
5427
        eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5428
 
5429
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5430
         visibility.  */
5431
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
5432
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5433
        {
5434
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5435
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5436
 
5437
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
5438
             symbol in PIEs.  */
5439
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
5440
                   && !h->forced_local
5441
                   && !h->def_regular)
5442
            {
5443
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5444
                return FALSE;
5445
            }
5446
        }
5447
    }
5448
  else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5449
    {
5450
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
5451
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5452
         dynamic.  */
5453
 
5454
      if (!h->non_got_ref
5455
          && !h->def_regular)
5456
        {
5457
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
5458
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
5459
          if (h->dynindx == -1
5460
              && !h->forced_local)
5461
            {
5462
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5463
                return FALSE;
5464
            }
5465
 
5466
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
5467
             relocs.  */
5468
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
5469
            goto keep;
5470
        }
5471
 
5472
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5473
 
5474
    keep: ;
5475
    }
5476
 
5477
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
5478
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5479
    {
5480
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5481
      if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5482
        sreloc = htab->reliplt;
5483
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5484
    }
5485
 
5486
  return TRUE;
5487
}
5488
 
5489
/* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5490
   read-only sections.  */
5491
 
5492
static bfd_boolean
5493
maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
5494
{
5495
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5496
    return TRUE;
5497
 
5498
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5499
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5500
 
5501
  if (readonly_dynrelocs (h))
5502
    {
5503
      ((struct bfd_link_info *) info)->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5504
 
5505
      /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
5506
      return FALSE;
5507
    }
5508
  return TRUE;
5509
}
5510
 
5511
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
5512
 
5513
static bfd_boolean
5514
ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5515
                               struct bfd_link_info *info)
5516
{
5517
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5518
  asection *s;
5519
  bfd_boolean relocs;
5520
  bfd *ibfd;
5521
 
5522
#ifdef DEBUG
5523
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5524
#endif
5525
 
5526
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5527
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5528
 
5529
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5530
    {
5531
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
5532
      if (info->executable)
5533
        {
5534
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5535
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5536
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5537
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5538
        }
5539
    }
5540
 
5541
  if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5542
    htab->got_header_size = 16;
5543
  else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5544
    htab->got_header_size = 12;
5545
 
5546
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5547
     relocs.  */
5548
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
5549
    {
5550
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5551
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5552
      struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5553
      struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5554
      char *lgot_masks;
5555
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5556
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5557
 
5558
      if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5559
        continue;
5560
 
5561
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5562
        {
5563
          struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5564
 
5565
          for (p = ((struct ppc_elf_dyn_relocs *)
5566
                    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5567
               p != NULL;
5568
               p = p->next)
5569
            {
5570
              if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5571
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5572
                {
5573
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5574
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5575
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5576
                     the relocs too.  */
5577
                }
5578
              else if (htab->is_vxworks
5579
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5580
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
5581
                {
5582
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5583
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
5584
                }
5585
              else if (p->count != 0)
5586
                {
5587
                  asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5588
                  if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5589
                    sreloc = htab->reliplt;
5590
                  sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5591
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5592
                       & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5593
                      == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5594
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5595
                }
5596
            }
5597
        }
5598
 
5599
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5600
      if (!local_got)
5601
        continue;
5602
 
5603
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5604
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5605
      end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5606
      local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5607
      end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5608
      lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5609
 
5610
      for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5611
        if (*local_got > 0)
5612
          {
5613
            unsigned int need = 0;
5614
            if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0)
5615
              {
5616
                if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0)
5617
                  need += 8;
5618
                if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_LD) != 0)
5619
                  htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5620
                if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
5621
                  need += 4;
5622
                if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5623
                  need += 4;
5624
              }
5625
            else
5626
              need += 4;
5627
            if (need == 0)
5628
              *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5629
            else
5630
              {
5631
                *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5632
                if (info->shared)
5633
                  htab->relgot->size += (need
5634
                                         * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4));
5635
              }
5636
          }
5637
        else
5638
          *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5639
 
5640
      if (htab->is_vxworks)
5641
        continue;
5642
 
5643
      /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt.  */
5644
      for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt)
5645
        {
5646
          struct plt_entry *ent;
5647
          bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5648
          bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0;
5649
 
5650
          for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5651
            if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5652
              {
5653
                s = htab->iplt;
5654
 
5655
                if (!doneone)
5656
                  {
5657
                    plt_offset = s->size;
5658
                    s->size += 4;
5659
                  }
5660
                ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5661
 
5662
                s = htab->glink;
5663
                if (!doneone || info->shared)
5664
                  {
5665
                    glink_offset = s->size;
5666
                    s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE;
5667
                  }
5668
                ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5669
 
5670
                if (!doneone)
5671
                  {
5672
                    htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5673
                    doneone = TRUE;
5674
                  }
5675
              }
5676
            else
5677
              ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5678
        }
5679
    }
5680
 
5681
  /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs.  */
5682
  elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5683
 
5684
  if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5685
    {
5686
      htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5687
      if (info->shared)
5688
        htab->relgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5689
    }
5690
  else
5691
    htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5692
 
5693
  if (htab->got != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5694
    {
5695
      unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5696
 
5697
      /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now.  When we get here,
5698
         for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5699
         or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated).  For new plt/got, the
5700
         corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536.  */
5701
      if (htab->got->size <= 32768)
5702
        {
5703
          g_o_t = htab->got->size;
5704
          if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5705
            g_o_t += 4;
5706
          htab->got->size += htab->got_header_size;
5707
        }
5708
 
5709
      htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5710
    }
5711
  if (info->shared)
5712
    {
5713
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5714
      if (sda != NULL
5715
          && !(sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5716
               || sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
5717
        {
5718
          sda->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5719
          sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5720
          sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5721
        }
5722
    }
5723
 
5724
  if (htab->glink != NULL
5725
      && htab->glink->size != 0
5726
      && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5727
    {
5728
      htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5729
      /* Space for the branch table.  */
5730
      htab->glink->size += htab->glink->size / (GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE / 4) - 4;
5731
      /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve.  */
5732
      htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & 15;
5733
      htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5734
 
5735
      if (htab->emit_stub_syms)
5736
        {
5737
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5738
          sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5739
                                     TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5740
          if (sh == NULL)
5741
            return FALSE;
5742
          if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5743
            {
5744
              sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5745
              sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5746
              sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5747
              sh->ref_regular = 1;
5748
              sh->def_regular = 1;
5749
              sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5750
              sh->forced_local = 1;
5751
              sh->non_elf = 0;
5752
            }
5753
          sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5754
                                     TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5755
          if (sh == NULL)
5756
            return FALSE;
5757
          if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5758
            {
5759
              sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5760
              sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5761
              sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5762
              sh->ref_regular = 1;
5763
              sh->def_regular = 1;
5764
              sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5765
              sh->forced_local = 1;
5766
              sh->non_elf = 0;
5767
            }
5768
        }
5769
    }
5770
 
5771
  /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5772
     Allocate memory for them.  */
5773
  relocs = FALSE;
5774
  for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5775
    {
5776
      bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5777
 
5778
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5779
        continue;
5780
 
5781
      if (s == htab->plt
5782
          || s == htab->got)
5783
        {
5784
          /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5785
             we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5786
             It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols.  */
5787
          if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5788
            strip_section = FALSE;
5789
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5790
             comment below.  */
5791
        }
5792
      else if (s == htab->iplt
5793
               || s == htab->glink
5794
               || s == htab->sgotplt
5795
               || s == htab->sbss
5796
               || s == htab->dynbss
5797
               || s == htab->dynsbss
5798
               || s == htab->sdata[0].section
5799
               || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5800
        {
5801
          /* Strip these too.  */
5802
        }
5803
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
5804
        {
5805
          if (s->size != 0)
5806
            {
5807
              /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections.  */
5808
              relocs = TRUE;
5809
 
5810
              /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5811
                 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
5812
              s->reloc_count = 0;
5813
            }
5814
        }
5815
      else
5816
        {
5817
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
5818
          continue;
5819
        }
5820
 
5821
      if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5822
        {
5823
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5824
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5825
             .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
5826
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5827
             before the linker maps input sections to output
5828
             sections.  The linker does that before
5829
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5830
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
5831
             into these sections.  */
5832
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5833
          continue;
5834
        }
5835
 
5836
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5837
        continue;
5838
 
5839
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
5840
      s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5841
      if (s->contents == NULL)
5842
        return FALSE;
5843
    }
5844
 
5845
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5846
    {
5847
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
5848
         values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5849
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5850
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5851
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
5852
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5853
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5854
 
5855
      if (info->executable)
5856
        {
5857
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5858
            return FALSE;
5859
        }
5860
 
5861
      if (htab->plt != NULL && htab->plt->size != 0)
5862
        {
5863
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5864
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5865
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5866
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5867
            return FALSE;
5868
        }
5869
 
5870
      if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0)
5871
        {
5872
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5873
            return FALSE;
5874
          if (!htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5875
              && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5876
              && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5877
              && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_TLSOPT, 0))
5878
            return FALSE;
5879
        }
5880
 
5881
      if (relocs)
5882
        {
5883
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5884
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5885
              || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5886
            return FALSE;
5887
        }
5888
 
5889
      /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5890
         need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
5891
      if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5892
        elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5893
                                info);
5894
 
5895
      if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5896
        {
5897
          if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5898
            return FALSE;
5899
        }
5900
      if (htab->is_vxworks
5901
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5902
        return FALSE;
5903
   }
5904
#undef add_dynamic_entry
5905
 
5906
  return TRUE;
5907
}
5908
 
5909
/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section.  */
5910
 
5911
static bfd_boolean
5912
ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5913
{
5914
  if (h->plt.plist != NULL
5915
      && !h->def_regular
5916
      && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
5917
          || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
5918
    return FALSE;
5919
 
5920
  return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
5921
}
5922
 
5923
#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
5924
 
5925
/* Relaxation trampolines.  r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
5926
   used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI).  */
5927
static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
5928
  {
5929
    0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
5930
    0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
5931
    0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
5932
    0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
5933
    0x398c0008, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
5934
    0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
5935
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5936
    0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5937
  };
5938
 
5939
static const int stub_entry[] =
5940
  {
5941
    0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
5942
    0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
5943
    0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
5944
    0x4e800420, /* bctr */
5945
  };
5946
 
5947
static bfd_boolean
5948
ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
5949
                       asection *isec,
5950
                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5951
                       bfd_boolean *again)
5952
{
5953
  struct one_fixup
5954
  {
5955
    struct one_fixup *next;
5956
    asection *tsec;
5957
    /* Final link, can use the symbol offset.  For a
5958
       relocatable link we use the symbol's index.  */
5959
    bfd_vma toff;
5960
    bfd_vma trampoff;
5961
  };
5962
 
5963
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5964
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
5965
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5966
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5967
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
5968
  struct one_fixup *fixups = NULL;
5969
  unsigned changes = 0;
5970
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5971
  bfd_size_type trampoff;
5972
  asection *got2;
5973
 
5974
  *again = FALSE;
5975
 
5976
  /* Nothing to do if there are no relocations, and no need to do
5977
     anything with non-alloc or non-code sections.  */
5978
  if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5979
      || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
5980
      || (isec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
5981
      || isec->reloc_count == 0)
5982
    return TRUE;
5983
 
5984
  /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
5985
     do anything.  The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
5986
     anyway.  */
5987
  if (link_info->relocatable && link_info->shared)
5988
     return TRUE;
5989
 
5990
  trampoff = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4;
5991
  /* Space for a branch around any trampolines.  */
5992
  trampoff += 4;
5993
 
5994
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5995
 
5996
  /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
5997
  internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
5998
                                               link_info->keep_memory);
5999
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6000
    goto error_return;
6001
 
6002
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6003
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6004
 
6005
  irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6006
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6007
    {
6008
      unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6009
      bfd_vma toff, roff;
6010
      asection *tsec;
6011
      struct one_fixup *f;
6012
      size_t insn_offset = 0;
6013
      bfd_vma max_branch_offset, val;
6014
      bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6015
      unsigned long t0;
6016
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6017
      struct plt_entry **plist;
6018
      unsigned char sym_type;
6019
 
6020
      switch (r_type)
6021
        {
6022
        case R_PPC_REL24:
6023
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6024
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6025
          max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6026
          break;
6027
 
6028
        case R_PPC_REL14:
6029
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6030
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6031
          max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6032
          break;
6033
 
6034
        default:
6035
          continue;
6036
        }
6037
 
6038
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
6039
      h = NULL;
6040
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6041
        {
6042
          /* A local symbol.  */
6043
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6044
 
6045
          /* Read this BFD's local symbols.  */
6046
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
6047
            {
6048
              isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
6049
              if (isymbuf == NULL)
6050
                isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
6051
                                                symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
6052
                                                NULL, NULL, NULL);
6053
              if (isymbuf == 0)
6054
                goto error_return;
6055
            }
6056
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6057
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
6058
            tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6059
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6060
            tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6061
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
6062
            tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
6063
          else
6064
            tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6065
 
6066
          toff = isym->st_value;
6067
          sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6068
        }
6069
      else
6070
        {
6071
          /* Global symbol handling.  */
6072
          unsigned long indx;
6073
 
6074
          indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6075
          h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
6076
 
6077
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6078
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6079
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6080
 
6081
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6082
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6083
            {
6084
              tsec = h->root.u.def.section;
6085
              toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6086
            }
6087
          else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6088
                   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6089
            {
6090
              tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6091
              toff = link_info->relocatable ? indx : 0;
6092
            }
6093
          else
6094
            continue;
6095
 
6096
          sym_type = h->type;
6097
        }
6098
 
6099
      /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6100
         match that in relocate_section.  If we call find_plt_ent here
6101
         but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6102
         destination used here may be incorrect.  */
6103
      plist = NULL;
6104
      if (h != NULL)
6105
        {
6106
          /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true.  */
6107
          if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6108
              || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6109
            plist = &h->plt.plist;
6110
        }
6111
      else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6112
               && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6113
        {
6114
          bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6115
          struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6116
            (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6117
          plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6118
        }
6119
      if (plist != NULL)
6120
        {
6121
          bfd_vma addend = 0;
6122
          struct plt_entry *ent;
6123
 
6124
          if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && link_info->shared)
6125
            addend = irel->r_addend;
6126
          ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6127
          if (ent != NULL)
6128
            {
6129
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6130
                  || h == NULL
6131
                  || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6132
                  || h->dynindx == -1)
6133
                {
6134
                  tsec = htab->glink;
6135
                  toff = ent->glink_offset;
6136
                }
6137
              else
6138
                {
6139
                  tsec = htab->plt;
6140
                  toff = ent->plt.offset;
6141
                }
6142
            }
6143
        }
6144
 
6145
      /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6146
         no hope of adding stubs.  We'll error out later should the
6147
         branch overflow.  */
6148
      if (tsec == isec)
6149
        continue;
6150
 
6151
      /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6152
         SEC_MERGE sections;  SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6153
         attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6154
         branches.  However, implement it correctly here as a
6155
         reference for other target relax_section functions.  */
6156
      if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6157
        {
6158
          /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6159
             adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6160
             passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset.  (Later, in
6161
             relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6162
             section symbols have been adjusted.)
6163
 
6164
             gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6165
             sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6166
             the original addend was zero.  When the reloc is against
6167
             a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6168
             offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6169
             location of interest is the original symbol.  On the
6170
             other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6171
             a section symbol should not include the addend;  Such an
6172
             access is presumed to be an offset from "sym";  The
6173
             location of interest is just "sym".  */
6174
          if (sym_type == STT_SECTION)
6175
            toff += irel->r_addend;
6176
 
6177
          toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6178
                                             elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6179
                                             toff);
6180
 
6181
          if (sym_type != STT_SECTION)
6182
            toff += irel->r_addend;
6183
        }
6184
      /* PLTREL24 addends are special.  */
6185
      else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6186
        toff += irel->r_addend;
6187
 
6188
      /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses.  */
6189
      if (tsec->output_section == NULL)
6190
        continue;
6191
 
6192
      roff = irel->r_offset;
6193
 
6194
      /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything.  */
6195
      if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6196
          && (!link_info->relocatable
6197
              /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6198
                 final link, so do not presume they remain in range.  */
6199
              || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6200
        {
6201
          bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6202
 
6203
          symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6204
          reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6205
          if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6206
            continue;
6207
        }
6208
 
6209
      /* Look for an existing fixup to this address.  */
6210
      for (f = fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6211
        if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6212
          break;
6213
 
6214
      if (f == NULL)
6215
        {
6216
          size_t size;
6217
          unsigned long stub_rtype;
6218
 
6219
          val = trampoff - roff;
6220
          if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6221
            /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline.  Don't try to add
6222
               one.  We'll report an error later.  */
6223
            continue;
6224
 
6225
          if (link_info->shared)
6226
            {
6227
              size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6228
              insn_offset = 12;
6229
            }
6230
          else
6231
            {
6232
              size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6233
              insn_offset = 0;
6234
            }
6235
          stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6236
          if (tsec == htab->plt
6237
              || tsec == htab->glink)
6238
            {
6239
              stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6240
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6241
                stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6242
            }
6243
 
6244
          /* Hijack the old relocation.  Since we need two
6245
             relocations for this use a "composite" reloc.  */
6246
          irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6247
                                       stub_rtype);
6248
          irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6249
          if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6250
              && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6251
            irel->r_addend = 0;
6252
 
6253
          /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section.  */
6254
          f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6255
          f->next = fixups;
6256
          f->tsec = tsec;
6257
          f->toff = toff;
6258
          f->trampoff = trampoff;
6259
          fixups = f;
6260
 
6261
          trampoff += size;
6262
          changes++;
6263
        }
6264
      else
6265
        {
6266
          val = f->trampoff - roff;
6267
          if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6268
            continue;
6269
 
6270
          /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here.  */
6271
          irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6272
        }
6273
 
6274
      /* Get the section contents.  */
6275
      if (contents == NULL)
6276
        {
6277
          /* Get cached copy if it exists.  */
6278
          if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6279
            contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6280
          else
6281
            {
6282
              /* Go get them off disk.  */
6283
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6284
                goto error_return;
6285
            }
6286
        }
6287
 
6288
      /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline.  */
6289
      hit_addr = contents + roff;
6290
      switch (r_type)
6291
        {
6292
        case R_PPC_REL24:
6293
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6294
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6295
          t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6296
          t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6297
          t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6298
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6299
          break;
6300
 
6301
        case R_PPC_REL14:
6302
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6303
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6304
          t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6305
          t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6306
          t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6307
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6308
          break;
6309
        }
6310
    }
6311
 
6312
  /* Write out the trampolines.  */
6313
  if (fixups != NULL)
6314
    {
6315
      const int *stub;
6316
      bfd_byte *dest;
6317
      bfd_vma val;
6318
      int i, size;
6319
 
6320
      do
6321
        {
6322
          struct one_fixup *f = fixups;
6323
          fixups = fixups->next;
6324
          free (f);
6325
        }
6326
      while (fixups);
6327
 
6328
      contents = bfd_realloc_or_free (contents, trampoff);
6329
      if (contents == NULL)
6330
        goto error_return;
6331
 
6332
      isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4;
6333
      /* Branch around the trampolines.  */
6334
      val = B + trampoff - isec->size;
6335
      dest = contents + isec->size;
6336
      isec->size = trampoff;
6337
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, dest);
6338
      dest += 4;
6339
 
6340
      if (link_info->shared)
6341
        {
6342
          stub = shared_stub_entry;
6343
          size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6344
        }
6345
      else
6346
        {
6347
          stub = stub_entry;
6348
          size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6349
        }
6350
 
6351
      i = 0;
6352
      while (dest < contents + trampoff)
6353
        {
6354
          bfd_put_32 (abfd, stub[i], dest);
6355
          i++;
6356
          if (i == size)
6357
            i = 0;
6358
          dest += 4;
6359
        }
6360
      BFD_ASSERT (i == 0);
6361
    }
6362
 
6363
  if (isymbuf != NULL
6364
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6365
    {
6366
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6367
        free (isymbuf);
6368
      else
6369
        {
6370
          /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
6371
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6372
        }
6373
    }
6374
 
6375
  if (contents != NULL
6376
      && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6377
    {
6378
      if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6379
        free (contents);
6380
      else
6381
        {
6382
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
6383
          elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6384
        }
6385
    }
6386
 
6387
  if (changes != 0)
6388
    {
6389
      /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6390
         information for the trampolines.  */
6391
      Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6392
                                                  * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6393
      unsigned ix;
6394
 
6395
      if (!new_relocs)
6396
        goto error_return;
6397
      memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6398
              isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6399
      for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6400
        {
6401
          irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6402
 
6403
          irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6404
        }
6405
      if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6406
        free (internal_relocs);
6407
      elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6408
      isec->reloc_count += changes;
6409
      elf_section_data (isec)->rel_hdr.sh_size
6410
        += changes * elf_section_data (isec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize;
6411
    }
6412
  else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6413
    free (internal_relocs);
6414
 
6415
  *again = changes != 0;
6416
  if (!*again && link_info->relocatable)
6417
    {
6418
      /* Convert the internal relax relocs to external form.  */
6419
      for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6420
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_PPC_RELAX)
6421
          {
6422
            unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6423
 
6424
            /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
6425
               relocs to describe this relocation.  */
6426
            BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
6427
            /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
6428
            irel[0].r_offset += 2;
6429
            memmove (irel + 1, irel, (irelend - irel - 1) * sizeof (*irel));
6430
            irel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
6431
            irel[1].r_offset += 4;
6432
            irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
6433
            irel++;
6434
          }
6435
    }
6436
 
6437
  return TRUE;
6438
 
6439
 error_return:
6440
  if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6441
    free (isymbuf);
6442
  if (contents != NULL
6443
      && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6444
    free (contents);
6445
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
6446
      && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6447
    free (internal_relocs);
6448
  return FALSE;
6449
}
6450
 
6451
/* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6452
   discarded sections.  */
6453
 
6454
static unsigned int
6455
ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6456
{
6457
  if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6458
    return 0;
6459
 
6460
  if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6461
    return 0;
6462
 
6463
  return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6464
}
6465
 
6466
/* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section.  */
6467
 
6468
static bfd_vma
6469
elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6470
                                   elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6471
                                   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6472
                                   bfd_vma relocation,
6473
                                   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6474
{
6475
  elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6476
 
6477
  BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6478
 
6479
  if (h != NULL)
6480
    {
6481
      /* Handle global symbol.  */
6482
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6483
 
6484
      eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6485
      BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6486
      linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6487
    }
6488
  else
6489
    {
6490
      /* Handle local symbol.  */
6491
      unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6492
 
6493
      BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6494
      BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6495
      linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6496
    }
6497
 
6498
  linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6499
                                                        rel->r_addend,
6500
                                                        lsect);
6501
  BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6502
 
6503
  /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6504
     as a "written" flag.  */
6505
  if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6506
    {
6507
      bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6508
                  relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6509
                  lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6510
      linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6511
    }
6512
 
6513
  relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6514
                + lsect->section->output_offset
6515
                + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6516
                - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6517
 
6518
#ifdef DEBUG
6519
  fprintf (stderr,
6520
           "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6521
           lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6522
#endif
6523
 
6524
  return relocation;
6525
}
6526
 
6527
#define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6528
#define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6529
#define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6530
 
6531
static void
6532
write_glink_stub (struct plt_entry *ent, asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6533
                  struct bfd_link_info *info)
6534
{
6535
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6536
  bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6537
  bfd_vma plt;
6538
 
6539
  plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6540
         + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6541
         + plt_sec->output_offset);
6542
 
6543
  if (info->shared)
6544
    {
6545
      bfd_vma got = 0;
6546
 
6547
      if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6548
        got = (ent->addend
6549
               + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6550
               + ent->sec->output_offset);
6551
      else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6552
        got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6553
 
6554
      plt -= got;
6555
 
6556
      if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6557
        {
6558
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6559
          p += 4;
6560
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6561
          p += 4;
6562
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6563
          p += 4;
6564
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6565
          p += 4;
6566
        }
6567
      else
6568
        {
6569
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6570
          p += 4;
6571
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6572
          p += 4;
6573
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6574
          p += 4;
6575
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6576
          p += 4;
6577
        }
6578
    }
6579
  else
6580
    {
6581
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6582
      p += 4;
6583
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6584
      p += 4;
6585
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6586
      p += 4;
6587
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6588
      p += 4;
6589
    }
6590
}
6591
 
6592
/* Return true if symbol is defined statically.  */
6593
 
6594
static bfd_boolean
6595
is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6596
{
6597
  return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6598
           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6599
          && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6600
          && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6601
}
6602
 
6603
/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6604
   the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0.  If
6605
   REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG.  */
6606
 
6607
unsigned int
6608
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6609
{
6610
  unsigned int rtra;
6611
 
6612
  if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6613
    return 0;
6614
 
6615
  if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6616
    rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6617
  else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6618
    rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6619
  else
6620
    return 0;
6621
 
6622
  if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6623
    /* add -> addi.  */
6624
    insn = 14 << 26;
6625
  else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6626
           && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6627
               || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6628
                   && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6629
    /* load and store indexed -> dform.  */
6630
    insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6631
  else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6632
    /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu.  */
6633
    insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6634
  else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6635
    /* lwax -> lwa.  */
6636
    insn = (58 << 26) | 2;
6637
  else
6638
    return 0;
6639
  insn |= rtra;
6640
  return insn;
6641
}
6642
 
6643
/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6644
   the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6645
   thread pointer REG operand removed.  Otherwise return 0.  */
6646
 
6647
unsigned int
6648
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6649
{
6650
  if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6651
      && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6652
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6653
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6654
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6655
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6656
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6657
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6658
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6659
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6660
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6661
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6662
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6663
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6664
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6665
          || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6666
          || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6667
              && (insn & 3) != 1)
6668
          || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6669
              && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6670
    {
6671
      insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6672
    }
6673
  else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6674
           && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6675
               || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6676
               || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6677
    {
6678
      insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6679
      insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6680
      if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6681
        insn -= 2 >> 26;  /* convert to ori,oris */
6682
    }
6683
  else
6684
    insn = 0;
6685
  return insn;
6686
}
6687
 
6688
/* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6689
   to handle the relocations for a section.
6690
 
6691
   The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6692
   actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6693
   zero.
6694
 
6695
   This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6696
   necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6697
   relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6698
   necessary.
6699
 
6700
   This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6701
   address or the reloc symbol index.
6702
 
6703
   LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6704
 
6705
   LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6706
   corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6707
 
6708
   The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6709
   via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6710
 
6711
   When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6712
   STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially.  The output symbol is
6713
   going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6714
   section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6715
   accordingly.  */
6716
 
6717
static bfd_boolean
6718
ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6719
                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
6720
                          bfd *input_bfd,
6721
                          asection *input_section,
6722
                          bfd_byte *contents,
6723
                          Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6724
                          Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6725
                          asection **local_sections)
6726
{
6727
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6728
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6729
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6730
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6731
  Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6732
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6733
  asection *got2, *sreloc = NULL;
6734
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6735
  bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
6736
  bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6737
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
6738
 
6739
#ifdef DEBUG
6740
  _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %B section %A, "
6741
                      "%ld relocations%s",
6742
                      input_bfd, input_section,
6743
                      (long) input_section->reloc_count,
6744
                      (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6745
#endif
6746
 
6747
  got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
6748
 
6749
  /* Initialize howto table if not already done.  */
6750
  if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
6751
    ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6752
 
6753
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6754
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
6755
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
6756
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
6757
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6758
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
6759
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared
6760
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
6761
                                ".tls_vars"));
6762
  rel = relocs;
6763
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
6764
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
6765
    {
6766
      enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
6767
      bfd_vma addend;
6768
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6769
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6770
      asection *sec;
6771
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6772
      const char *sym_name;
6773
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
6774
      unsigned long r_symndx;
6775
      bfd_vma relocation;
6776
      bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
6777
      bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
6778
      bfd_boolean warned;
6779
      unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
6780
      struct plt_entry **ifunc;
6781
 
6782
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6783
      sym = NULL;
6784
      sec = NULL;
6785
      h = NULL;
6786
      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
6787
      warned = FALSE;
6788
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6789
 
6790
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6791
        {
6792
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
6793
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
6794
          sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
6795
 
6796
          relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
6797
        }
6798
      else
6799
        {
6800
          RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
6801
                                   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
6802
                                   h, sec, relocation,
6803
                                   unresolved_reloc, warned);
6804
 
6805
          sym_name = h->root.root.string;
6806
        }
6807
 
6808
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
6809
        {
6810
          /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
6811
             or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
6812
             section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
6813
          howto = NULL;
6814
          if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
6815
            howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
6816
          _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
6817
          rel->r_info = 0;
6818
          rel->r_addend = 0;
6819
          continue;
6820
        }
6821
 
6822
      if (info->relocatable)
6823
        {
6824
          if (got2 != NULL
6825
              && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6826
              && rel->r_addend >= 32768)
6827
            {
6828
              /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special.  If non-zero, the
6829
                 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.  */
6830
              rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
6831
            }
6832
          continue;
6833
        }
6834
 
6835
      /* TLS optimizations.  Replace instruction sequences and relocs
6836
         based on information we collected in tls_optimize.  We edit
6837
         RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
6838
         for the final instruction stream.  */
6839
      tls_mask = 0;
6840
      tls_gd = 0;
6841
      if (h != NULL)
6842
        tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
6843
      else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6844
        {
6845
          struct plt_entry **local_plt;
6846
          char *lgot_masks;
6847
          local_plt
6848
            = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6849
          lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6850
          tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
6851
        }
6852
 
6853
      /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane.  */
6854
      if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3)    != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
6855
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
6856
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
6857
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
6858
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3)    != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
6859
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
6860
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
6861
          || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
6862
        abort ();
6863
      switch (r_type)
6864
        {
6865
        default:
6866
          break;
6867
 
6868
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
6869
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
6870
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
6871
              && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
6872
            {
6873
              bfd_vma insn;
6874
 
6875
              insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
6876
              insn &= 31 << 21;
6877
              insn |= 0x3c020000;       /* addis 0,2,0 */
6878
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
6879
              r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
6880
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6881
            }
6882
          break;
6883
 
6884
        case R_PPC_TLS:
6885
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
6886
              && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
6887
            {
6888
              bfd_vma insn;
6889
 
6890
              insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
6891
              insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
6892
              if (insn == 0)
6893
                abort ();
6894
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
6895
              r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
6896
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6897
 
6898
              /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
6899
                 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word.  */
6900
              rel->r_offset += d_offset;
6901
            }
6902
          break;
6903
 
6904
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
6905
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
6906
          tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD;
6907
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
6908
            goto tls_gdld_hi;
6909
          break;
6910
 
6911
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
6912
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
6913
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
6914
            {
6915
            tls_gdld_hi:
6916
              if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
6917
                r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
6918
                          + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
6919
              else
6920
                {
6921
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
6922
                  rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
6923
                  r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
6924
                }
6925
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6926
            }
6927
          break;
6928
 
6929
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
6930
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
6931
          tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD;
6932
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
6933
            goto tls_ldgd_opt;
6934
          break;
6935
 
6936
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
6937
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
6938
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
6939
            {
6940
              unsigned int insn1, insn2;
6941
              bfd_vma offset;
6942
 
6943
            tls_ldgd_opt:
6944
              offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
6945
              /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
6946
                 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
6947
                 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
6948
                 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
6949
                 the current reloc.  Edit both insns.  */
6950
              if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call
6951
                  && rel + 1 < relend
6952
                  && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
6953
                                              htab->tls_get_addr))
6954
                offset = rel[1].r_offset;
6955
              if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
6956
                {
6957
                  /* IE */
6958
                  insn1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd,
6959
                                      contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
6960
                  insn1 &= (1 << 26) - 1;
6961
                  insn1 |= 32 << 26;    /* lwz */
6962
                  if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6963
                    {
6964
                      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
6965
                      insn2 = 0x7c631214;       /* add 3,3,2 */
6966
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
6967
                    }
6968
                  r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
6969
                            + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
6970
                  rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6971
                }
6972
              else
6973
                {
6974
                  /* LE */
6975
                  insn1 = 0x3c620000;   /* addis 3,2,0 */
6976
                  if (tls_gd == 0)
6977
                    {
6978
                      /* Was an LD reloc.  */
6979
                      for (r_symndx = 0;
6980
                           r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6981
                           r_symndx++)
6982
                        if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
6983
                          break;
6984
                      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6985
                        r_symndx = 0;
6986
                      rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
6987
                      if (r_symndx != 0)
6988
                        rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
6989
                                          + sec->output_offset
6990
                                          + sec->output_section->vma);
6991
                    }
6992
                  r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
6993
                  rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
6994
                  if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6995
                    {
6996
                      rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
6997
                      rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
6998
                      rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
6999
                      insn2 = 0x38630000;       /* addi 3,3,0 */
7000
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7001
                    }
7002
                }
7003
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn1,
7004
                          contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7005
              if (tls_gd == 0)
7006
                {
7007
                  /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc.  Start over
7008
                     in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right.  */
7009
                  rel--;
7010
                  continue;
7011
                }
7012
            }
7013
          break;
7014
 
7015
        case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7016
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7017
            {
7018
              unsigned int insn2;
7019
              bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7020
 
7021
              if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPRELGD) != 0)
7022
                {
7023
                  /* IE */
7024
                  r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7025
                  insn2 = 0x7c631214;   /* add 3,3,2 */
7026
                }
7027
              else
7028
                {
7029
                  /* LE */
7030
                  r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7031
                  rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7032
                  insn2 = 0x38630000;   /* addi 3,3,0 */
7033
                }
7034
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7035
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7036
              /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too.  */
7037
              BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7038
              rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7039
            }
7040
          break;
7041
 
7042
        case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7043
          if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7044
            {
7045
              unsigned int insn2;
7046
 
7047
              for (r_symndx = 0;
7048
                   r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7049
                   r_symndx++)
7050
                if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7051
                  break;
7052
              if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7053
                r_symndx = 0;
7054
              rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7055
              if (r_symndx != 0)
7056
                rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7057
                                  + sec->output_offset
7058
                                  + sec->output_section->vma);
7059
 
7060
              rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7061
              rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7062
              insn2 = 0x38630000;       /* addi 3,3,0 */
7063
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2,
7064
                          contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7065
              /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too.  */
7066
              BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7067
              rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7068
              rel--;
7069
              continue;
7070
            }
7071
          break;
7072
        }
7073
 
7074
      /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn.  */
7075
      branch_bit = 0;
7076
      switch (r_type)
7077
        {
7078
        default:
7079
          break;
7080
 
7081
          /* Branch taken prediction relocations.  */
7082
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7083
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7084
          branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7085
          /* Fall thru */
7086
 
7087
          /* Branch not taken prediction relocations.  */
7088
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7089
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7090
          {
7091
            bfd_vma insn;
7092
 
7093
            insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7094
            insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7095
            insn |= branch_bit;
7096
 
7097
            from = (rel->r_offset
7098
                    + input_section->output_offset
7099
                    + input_section->output_section->vma);
7100
 
7101
            /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default.  */
7102
            if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7103
              insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7104
 
7105
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7106
            break;
7107
          }
7108
        }
7109
 
7110
      ifunc = NULL;
7111
      if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7112
        {
7113
          struct plt_entry *ent;
7114
 
7115
          if (h != NULL)
7116
            {
7117
              if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7118
                ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7119
            }
7120
          else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7121
                   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7122
            {
7123
              struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7124
 
7125
              local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7126
                                                 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7127
              ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7128
            }
7129
 
7130
          ent = NULL;
7131
          if (ifunc != NULL
7132
              && (!info->shared
7133
                  || is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
7134
            {
7135
              addend = 0;
7136
              if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared)
7137
                addend = rel->r_addend;
7138
              ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7139
            }
7140
          if (ent != NULL)
7141
            {
7142
              if (h == NULL && (ent->plt.offset & 1) == 0)
7143
                {
7144
                  Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
7145
                  bfd_byte *loc;
7146
 
7147
                  rela.r_offset = (htab->iplt->output_section->vma
7148
                                   + htab->iplt->output_offset
7149
                                   + ent->plt.offset);
7150
                  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7151
                  rela.r_addend = relocation;
7152
                  loc = htab->reliplt->contents;
7153
                  loc += (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++
7154
                          * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7155
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
7156
 
7157
                  ent->plt.offset |= 1;
7158
                }
7159
              if (h == NULL && (ent->glink_offset & 1) == 0)
7160
                {
7161
                  unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents
7162
                                      + ent->glink_offset);
7163
                  write_glink_stub (ent, htab->iplt, p, info);
7164
                  ent->glink_offset |= 1;
7165
                }
7166
 
7167
              unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7168
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7169
                  || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7170
                  || h == NULL)
7171
                relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7172
                              + htab->glink->output_offset
7173
                              + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7174
              else
7175
                relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
7176
                              + htab->plt->output_offset
7177
                              + ent->plt.offset);
7178
            }
7179
        }
7180
 
7181
      addend = rel->r_addend;
7182
      tls_type = 0;
7183
      howto = NULL;
7184
      if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7185
        howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7186
      switch (r_type)
7187
        {
7188
        default:
7189
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
7190
            (_("%B: unknown relocation type %d for symbol %s"),
7191
             input_bfd, (int) r_type, sym_name);
7192
 
7193
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7194
          ret = FALSE;
7195
          continue;
7196
 
7197
        case R_PPC_NONE:
7198
        case R_PPC_TLS:
7199
        case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7200
        case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7201
        case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7202
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7203
        case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7204
          continue;
7205
 
7206
          /* GOT16 relocations.  Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7207
             address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7208
             symbol's value itself.  Also, create a GOT entry for the
7209
             symbol and put the symbol value there.  */
7210
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7211
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7212
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7213
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7214
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7215
          goto dogot;
7216
 
7217
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7218
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7219
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7220
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7221
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7222
          goto dogot;
7223
 
7224
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7225
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7226
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7227
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7228
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7229
          goto dogot;
7230
 
7231
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7232
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7233
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7234
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7235
          tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7236
          goto dogot;
7237
 
7238
        case R_PPC_GOT16:
7239
        case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7240
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7241
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7242
          tls_mask = 0;
7243
        dogot:
7244
          {
7245
            /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7246
               offset table.  */
7247
            bfd_vma off;
7248
            bfd_vma *offp;
7249
            unsigned long indx;
7250
 
7251
            if (htab->got == NULL)
7252
              abort ();
7253
 
7254
            indx = 0;
7255
            if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7256
                && (h == NULL
7257
                    || !h->def_dynamic))
7258
              offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7259
            else if (h != NULL)
7260
              {
7261
                bfd_boolean dyn;
7262
                dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created;
7263
                if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
7264
                    || (info->shared
7265
                        && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
7266
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7267
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7268
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7269
                     because of a version file.  */
7270
                  ;
7271
                else
7272
                  {
7273
                    indx = h->dynindx;
7274
                    unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7275
                  }
7276
                offp = &h->got.offset;
7277
              }
7278
            else
7279
              {
7280
                if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7281
                  abort ();
7282
                offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7283
              }
7284
 
7285
            /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use the
7286
               least significant bit to record whether we have already
7287
               processed this entry.  */
7288
            off = *offp;
7289
            if ((off & 1) != 0)
7290
              off &= ~1;
7291
            else
7292
              {
7293
                unsigned int tls_m = (tls_mask
7294
                                      & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7295
                                         | TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD));
7296
 
7297
                if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7298
                  tls_m = TLS_LD;
7299
                else if (h == NULL
7300
                         || !h->def_dynamic)
7301
                  tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7302
 
7303
                /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7304
                   Initialize them all.  */
7305
                do
7306
                  {
7307
                    int tls_ty = 0;
7308
 
7309
                    if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7310
                      {
7311
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7312
                        tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7313
                      }
7314
                    else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7315
                      {
7316
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7317
                        tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7318
                      }
7319
                    else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7320
                      {
7321
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7322
                        tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7323
                      }
7324
                    else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0)
7325
                      {
7326
                        tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7327
                        tls_m = 0;
7328
                      }
7329
 
7330
                    /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker.  */
7331
                    if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
7332
                        && (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset
7333
                            || h == NULL
7334
                            || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
7335
                            || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
7336
                      {
7337
                        asection *rsec = htab->relgot;
7338
                        bfd_byte * loc;
7339
 
7340
                        outrel.r_offset = (htab->got->output_section->vma
7341
                                           + htab->got->output_offset
7342
                                           + off);
7343
                        outrel.r_addend = 0;
7344
                        if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7345
                          {
7346
                            outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7347
                            if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7348
                              {
7349
                                loc = rsec->contents;
7350
                                loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7351
                                        * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7352
                                bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7353
                                                           &outrel, loc);
7354
                                outrel.r_offset += 4;
7355
                                outrel.r_info
7356
                                  = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7357
                              }
7358
                          }
7359
                        else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7360
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7361
                        else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7362
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7363
                        else if (indx != 0)
7364
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7365
                        else if (ifunc != NULL)
7366
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7367
                        else
7368
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7369
                        if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7370
                          {
7371
                            outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7372
                            if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7373
                              outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7374
                          }
7375
                        loc = rsec->contents;
7376
                        loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7377
                                * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7378
                        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7379
                      }
7380
 
7381
                    /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7382
                       emitting a reloc.  */
7383
                    else
7384
                      {
7385
                        bfd_vma value = relocation;
7386
 
7387
                        if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7388
                          value = 1;
7389
                        else if (tls_ty != 0)
7390
                          {
7391
                            value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7392
                            if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7393
                              value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7394
 
7395
                            if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7396
                              {
7397
                                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value,
7398
                                            htab->got->contents + off + 4);
7399
                                value = 1;
7400
                              }
7401
                          }
7402
                        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value,
7403
                                    htab->got->contents + off);
7404
                      }
7405
 
7406
                    off += 4;
7407
                    if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7408
                      off += 4;
7409
                  }
7410
                while (tls_m != 0);
7411
 
7412
                off = *offp;
7413
                *offp = off | 1;
7414
              }
7415
 
7416
            if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7417
              abort ();
7418
 
7419
            if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7420
              {
7421
                if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7422
                  {
7423
                    if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7424
                        && !(h == NULL
7425
                             || !h->def_dynamic))
7426
                      off += 8;
7427
                    if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7428
                      {
7429
                        if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7430
                          off += 8;
7431
                        if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7432
                          {
7433
                            if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7434
                              off += 4;
7435
                          }
7436
                      }
7437
                  }
7438
              }
7439
 
7440
            relocation = (htab->got->output_section->vma
7441
                          + htab->got->output_offset
7442
                          + off
7443
                          - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7444
 
7445
            /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7446
               x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7447
               generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7448
               got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m.  */
7449
            if (addend != 0)
7450
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
7451
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'"),
7452
                 input_bfd,
7453
                 input_section,
7454
                 (long) rel->r_offset,
7455
                 howto->name,
7456
                 sym_name);
7457
          }
7458
        break;
7459
 
7460
        /* Relocations that need no special processing.  */
7461
        case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7462
          /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7463
             at a symbol not in this object.  */
7464
          if (unresolved_reloc)
7465
            {
7466
              if (! (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7467
                                                          h->root.root.string,
7468
                                                          input_bfd,
7469
                                                          input_section,
7470
                                                          rel->r_offset,
7471
                                                          TRUE))
7472
                return FALSE;
7473
              continue;
7474
            }
7475
          break;
7476
 
7477
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
7478
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
7479
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
7480
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
7481
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7482
          break;
7483
 
7484
          /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7485
             object.  */
7486
        case R_PPC_TPREL16:
7487
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7488
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
7489
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7490
          if (h != NULL
7491
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7492
              && h->dynindx == -1)
7493
            {
7494
              /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7495
                 resolve to zero.  This is really just a tweak, since
7496
                 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7497
                 defined before using them.  */
7498
              bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
7499
              unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, p);
7500
              insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
7501
              if (insn != 0)
7502
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, p);
7503
              break;
7504
            }
7505
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7506
          /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7507
             libs as they will result in DT_TEXTREL being set, but
7508
             support them anyway.  */
7509
          goto dodyn;
7510
 
7511
        case R_PPC_TPREL32:
7512
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
7513
          goto dodyn;
7514
 
7515
        case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
7516
          addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7517
          goto dodyn;
7518
 
7519
        case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
7520
          relocation = 1;
7521
          addend = 0;
7522
          goto dodyn;
7523
 
7524
        case R_PPC_REL16:
7525
        case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
7526
        case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
7527
        case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
7528
          break;
7529
 
7530
        case R_PPC_REL32:
7531
          if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
7532
            break;
7533
          /* fall through */
7534
 
7535
        case R_PPC_ADDR32:
7536
        case R_PPC_ADDR16:
7537
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
7538
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
7539
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
7540
        case R_PPC_UADDR32:
7541
        case R_PPC_UADDR16:
7542
          goto dodyn;
7543
 
7544
        case R_PPC_REL24:
7545
        case R_PPC_REL14:
7546
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7547
        case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7548
          /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
7549
             handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker.  */
7550
          if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
7551
              || h == htab->elf.hgot)
7552
            break;
7553
          /* fall through */
7554
 
7555
        case R_PPC_ADDR24:
7556
        case R_PPC_ADDR14:
7557
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7558
        case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7559
          if (h != NULL && !info->shared)
7560
            break;
7561
          /* fall through */
7562
 
7563
        dodyn:
7564
          if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
7565
              || is_vxworks_tls)
7566
            break;
7567
 
7568
          if ((info->shared
7569
               && !(h != NULL
7570
                    && ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
7571
                         && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN
7572
                             || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL))
7573
                        || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7574
                            && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)))
7575
               && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
7576
                   || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
7577
              || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7578
                  && !info->shared
7579
                  && h != NULL
7580
                  && h->dynindx != -1
7581
                  && !h->non_got_ref
7582
                  && !h->def_regular))
7583
            {
7584
              int skip;
7585
              bfd_byte * loc;
7586
#ifdef DEBUG
7587
              fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
7588
                       "create relocation for %s\n",
7589
                       (h && h->root.root.string
7590
                        ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
7591
#endif
7592
 
7593
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
7594
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
7595
                 time.  */
7596
              if (sreloc == NULL)
7597
                {
7598
                  sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
7599
                  if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
7600
                    sreloc = htab->reliplt;
7601
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
7602
                    return FALSE;
7603
                }
7604
 
7605
              skip = 0;
7606
              outrel.r_offset =
7607
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
7608
                                         rel->r_offset);
7609
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
7610
                  || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
7611
                skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
7612
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
7613
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
7614
 
7615
              if (skip)
7616
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
7617
              else if ((h != NULL
7618
                        && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
7619
                            || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
7620
                       || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7621
                {
7622
                  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7623
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
7624
                  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7625
                }
7626
              else
7627
                {
7628
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
7629
 
7630
                  if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
7631
                    {
7632
                      long indx = 0;
7633
 
7634
                      if (ifunc != NULL)
7635
                        {
7636
                          /* If we get here when building a static
7637
                             executable, then the libc startup function
7638
                             responsible for applying indirect function
7639
                             relocations is going to complain about
7640
                             the reloc type.
7641
                             If we get here when building a dynamic
7642
                             executable, it will be because we have
7643
                             a text relocation.  The dynamic loader
7644
                             will set the text segment writable and
7645
                             non-executable to apply text relocations.
7646
                             So we'll segfault when trying to run the
7647
                             indirection function to resolve the reloc.  */
7648
                          (*_bfd_error_handler)
7649
                            (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): relocation %s for indirect "
7650
                               "function %s unsupported"),
7651
                             input_bfd,
7652
                             input_section,
7653
                             (long) rel->r_offset,
7654
                             howto->name,
7655
                             sym_name);
7656
                          ret = FALSE;
7657
                        }
7658
                      else if (r_symndx == 0 || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
7659
                        ;
7660
                      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
7661
                        {
7662
                          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7663
                          ret = FALSE;
7664
                        }
7665
                      else
7666
                        {
7667
                          asection *osec;
7668
 
7669
                          /* We are turning this relocation into one
7670
                             against a section symbol.  It would be
7671
                             proper to subtract the symbol's value,
7672
                             osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
7673
                             but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
7674
                             FIXME: Why not always use a zero index?  */
7675
                          osec = sec->output_section;
7676
                          indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
7677
                          if (indx == 0)
7678
                            {
7679
                              osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
7680
                              indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
7681
                            }
7682
                          BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
7683
#ifdef DEBUG
7684
                          if (indx == 0)
7685
                            printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n",
7686
                                    indx, osec->name, osec->flags,
7687
                                    h->root.root.string);
7688
#endif
7689
                        }
7690
 
7691
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
7692
                    }
7693
                  else if (ifunc != NULL)
7694
                    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7695
                  else
7696
                    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7697
                }
7698
 
7699
              loc = sreloc->contents;
7700
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7701
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7702
 
7703
              if (skip == -1)
7704
                continue;
7705
 
7706
              /* This reloc will be computed at runtime.  We clear the memory
7707
                 so that it contains predictable value.  */
7708
              if (! skip
7709
                  && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
7710
                      || ELF32_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info) != R_PPC_RELATIVE))
7711
                {
7712
                  relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
7713
                  addend = 0;
7714
                  break;
7715
                }
7716
            }
7717
          break;
7718
 
7719
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
7720
        case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
7721
          if (h != NULL)
7722
            {
7723
              struct plt_entry *ent;
7724
              bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
7725
 
7726
              if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
7727
                {
7728
                  if (info->shared)
7729
                    got2_addend = addend;
7730
                  addend = 0;
7731
                }
7732
              ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
7733
              if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
7734
                relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7735
                              + htab->glink->output_offset
7736
                              + ent->glink_offset);
7737
              else
7738
                relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
7739
                              + htab->plt->output_offset
7740
                              + ent->plt.offset);
7741
            }
7742
          /* Fall thru */
7743
 
7744
        case R_PPC_RELAX:
7745
          if (info->shared)
7746
            relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
7747
                           + input_section->output_offset
7748
                           + rel->r_offset - 4);
7749
 
7750
          {
7751
            unsigned long t0;
7752
            unsigned long t1;
7753
 
7754
            t0 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7755
            t1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7756
 
7757
            /* We're clearing the bits for R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7758
               and R_PPC_ADDR16_LO here.  */
7759
            t0 &= ~0xffff;
7760
            t1 &= ~0xffff;
7761
 
7762
            /* t0 is HA, t1 is LO */
7763
            relocation += addend;
7764
            t0 |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7765
            t1 |= relocation & 0xffff;
7766
 
7767
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t0, contents + rel->r_offset);
7768
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t1, contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
7769
 
7770
            /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
7771
               relocs to describe this relocation.  */
7772
            BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
7773
            /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
7774
            rel[0].r_offset += 2;
7775
            memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7776
            rel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7777
            rel[1].r_offset += 4;
7778
            rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7779
            rel++;
7780
          }
7781
          continue;
7782
 
7783
          /* Indirect .sdata relocation.  */
7784
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
7785
          BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
7786
          if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
7787
            {
7788
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7789
              break;
7790
            }
7791
          relocation
7792
            = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
7793
                                                 h, relocation, rel);
7794
          addend = 0;
7795
          break;
7796
 
7797
          /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation.  */
7798
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
7799
          BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
7800
          if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
7801
            {
7802
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7803
              break;
7804
            }
7805
          relocation
7806
            = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
7807
                                                 h, relocation, rel);
7808
          addend = 0;
7809
          break;
7810
 
7811
          /* Handle the TOC16 reloc.  We want to use the offset within the .got
7812
             section, not the actual VMA.  This is appropriate when generating
7813
             an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
7814
             AIX .toc section.  */
7815
        case R_PPC_TOC16:                       /* phony GOT16 relocations */
7816
          if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
7817
            {
7818
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7819
              break;
7820
            }
7821
          BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".got") == 0
7822
                      || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".cgot") == 0);
7823
 
7824
          addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
7825
          break;
7826
 
7827
        case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
7828
          if (h == NULL || ifunc != NULL)
7829
            break;
7830
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
7831
             procedure linkage table.  */
7832
          {
7833
            struct plt_entry *ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
7834
                                                  info->shared ? addend : 0);
7835
            addend = 0;
7836
            if (ent == NULL
7837
                || htab->plt == NULL)
7838
              {
7839
                /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
7840
                   happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
7841
                   using -Bsymbolic.  */
7842
                break;
7843
              }
7844
 
7845
            unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7846
            if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
7847
              relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7848
                            + htab->glink->output_offset
7849
                            + ent->glink_offset);
7850
            else
7851
              relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
7852
                            + htab->plt->output_offset
7853
                            + ent->plt.offset);
7854
          }
7855
          break;
7856
 
7857
          /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_.  */
7858
        case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
7859
          {
7860
            const char *name;
7861
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
7862
 
7863
            if (sec == NULL
7864
                || sec->output_section == NULL
7865
                || !is_static_defined (sda))
7866
              {
7867
                unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7868
                break;
7869
              }
7870
            addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
7871
 
7872
            name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section);
7873
            if (! ((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
7874
                    && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
7875
                   || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
7876
                       && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
7877
              {
7878
                (*_bfd_error_handler)
7879
                  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
7880
                     "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
7881
                   input_bfd,
7882
                   sym_name,
7883
                   howto->name,
7884
                   name);
7885
              }
7886
          }
7887
          break;
7888
 
7889
          /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_.  */
7890
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
7891
          {
7892
            const char *name;
7893
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
7894
 
7895
            if (sec == NULL
7896
                || sec->output_section == NULL
7897
                || !is_static_defined (sda))
7898
              {
7899
                unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7900
                break;
7901
              }
7902
            addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
7903
 
7904
            name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section);
7905
            if (! (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
7906
                   || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2")))
7907
              {
7908
                (*_bfd_error_handler)
7909
                  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
7910
                     "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
7911
                   input_bfd,
7912
                   sym_name,
7913
                   howto->name,
7914
                   name);
7915
              }
7916
          }
7917
          break;
7918
 
7919
          /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0.  */
7920
        case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
7921
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
7922
          {
7923
            const char *name;
7924
            int reg;
7925
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
7926
 
7927
            if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
7928
              {
7929
                unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7930
                break;
7931
              }
7932
 
7933
            name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section);
7934
            if (((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata")
7935
                  && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.'))
7936
                 || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss")
7937
                     && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.'))))
7938
              {
7939
                reg = 13;
7940
                sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
7941
              }
7942
            else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2")
7943
                     || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2"))
7944
              {
7945
                reg = 2;
7946
                sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
7947
              }
7948
            else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
7949
                     || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
7950
              {
7951
                reg = 0;
7952
              }
7953
            else
7954
              {
7955
                (*_bfd_error_handler)
7956
                  (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
7957
                     "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
7958
                   input_bfd,
7959
                   sym_name,
7960
                   howto->name,
7961
                   name);
7962
 
7963
                bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7964
                ret = FALSE;
7965
                continue;
7966
              }
7967
 
7968
            if (sda != NULL)
7969
              {
7970
                if (!is_static_defined (sda))
7971
                  {
7972
                    unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7973
                    break;
7974
                  }
7975
                addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
7976
              }
7977
 
7978
            if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
7979
              {
7980
                bfd_vma insn;  /* Fill in register field.  */
7981
 
7982
                insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7983
                insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
7984
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7985
              }
7986
          }
7987
          break;
7988
 
7989
          /* Relocate against the beginning of the section.  */
7990
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
7991
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
7992
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
7993
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
7994
          if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
7995
            {
7996
              unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
7997
              break;
7998
            }
7999
          addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8000
          break;
8001
 
8002
          /* Negative relocations.  */
8003
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8004
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8005
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8006
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8007
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8008
          addend -= 2 * relocation;
8009
          break;
8010
 
8011
        case R_PPC_COPY:
8012
        case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8013
        case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8014
        case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8015
        case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8016
        case R_PPC_PLT32:
8017
        case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8018
        case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8019
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8020
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8021
        case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8022
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8023
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8024
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8025
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8026
        case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8027
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
8028
            (_("%B: relocation %s is not yet supported for symbol %s."),
8029
             input_bfd,
8030
             howto->name,
8031
             sym_name);
8032
 
8033
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8034
          ret = FALSE;
8035
          continue;
8036
        }
8037
 
8038
      /* Do any further special processing.  */
8039
      switch (r_type)
8040
        {
8041
        default:
8042
          break;
8043
 
8044
        case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8045
        case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8046
        case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8047
        case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8048
        case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8049
        case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8050
        case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8051
          /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8052
             that's not actually defined anywhere.  In that case,
8053
             'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8054
             alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link).  */
8055
          if (sec == NULL)
8056
            break;
8057
          /* Fall thru */
8058
 
8059
        case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8060
        case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8061
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8062
        case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8063
        case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8064
        case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8065
          /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8066
             Bits 0:15 are not used.  */
8067
          addend += 0x8000;
8068
          break;
8069
        }
8070
 
8071
#ifdef DEBUG
8072
      fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8073
               "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8074
               howto->name,
8075
               (int) r_type,
8076
               sym_name,
8077
               r_symndx,
8078
               (long) rel->r_offset,
8079
               (long) addend);
8080
#endif
8081
 
8082
      if (unresolved_reloc
8083
          && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8084
               && h->def_dynamic))
8085
        {
8086
          (*_bfd_error_handler)
8087
            (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
8088
             input_bfd,
8089
             input_section,
8090
             (long) rel->r_offset,
8091
             howto->name,
8092
             sym_name);
8093
          ret = FALSE;
8094
        }
8095
 
8096
      r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto,
8097
                                    input_bfd,
8098
                                    input_section,
8099
                                    contents,
8100
                                    rel->r_offset,
8101
                                    relocation,
8102
                                    addend);
8103
 
8104
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
8105
        {
8106
          if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
8107
            {
8108
              if (warned)
8109
                continue;
8110
              if (h != NULL
8111
                  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8112
                  && howto->pc_relative)
8113
                {
8114
                  /* Assume this is a call protected by other code that
8115
                     detect the symbol is undefined.  If this is the case,
8116
                     we can safely ignore the overflow.  If not, the
8117
                     program is hosed anyway, and a little warning isn't
8118
                     going to help.  */
8119
 
8120
                  continue;
8121
                }
8122
 
8123
              if (! (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) (info,
8124
                                                        (h ? &h->root : NULL),
8125
                                                        sym_name,
8126
                                                        howto->name,
8127
                                                        rel->r_addend,
8128
                                                        input_bfd,
8129
                                                        input_section,
8130
                                                        rel->r_offset))
8131
                return FALSE;
8132
            }
8133
          else
8134
            {
8135
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
8136
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s reloc against `%s': error %d"),
8137
                 input_bfd, input_section,
8138
                 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
8139
              ret = FALSE;
8140
            }
8141
        }
8142
    }
8143
 
8144
#ifdef DEBUG
8145
  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
8146
#endif
8147
 
8148
  return ret;
8149
}
8150
 
8151
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
8152
   dynamic sections here.  */
8153
 
8154
static bfd_boolean
8155
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
8156
                               struct bfd_link_info *info,
8157
                               struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
8158
                               Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
8159
{
8160
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8161
  struct plt_entry *ent;
8162
  bfd_boolean doneone;
8163
 
8164
#ifdef DEBUG
8165
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
8166
           h->root.root.string);
8167
#endif
8168
 
8169
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
8170
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
8171
 
8172
  doneone = FALSE;
8173
  for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
8174
    if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8175
      {
8176
        if (!doneone)
8177
          {
8178
            Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8179
            bfd_byte *loc;
8180
            bfd_vma reloc_index;
8181
 
8182
            if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
8183
                || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8184
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8185
              reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
8186
            else
8187
              {
8188
                reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
8189
                               / htab->plt_slot_size);
8190
                if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
8191
                    && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
8192
                  reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
8193
              }
8194
 
8195
            /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
8196
               Set it up.  */
8197
            if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
8198
                && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8199
                && h->dynindx != -1)
8200
              {
8201
                bfd_vma got_offset;
8202
                const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
8203
 
8204
                /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved.  */
8205
                got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
8206
 
8207
                /* Use the right PLT. */
8208
                plt_entry = info->shared ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
8209
                            : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
8210
 
8211
                /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks.  */
8212
                if (info->shared)
8213
                  {
8214
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8215
                                plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
8216
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
8217
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8218
                                plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
8219
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
8220
                  }
8221
                else
8222
                  {
8223
                    bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8224
 
8225
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8226
                                plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
8227
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
8228
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8229
                                plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
8230
                                htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
8231
                  }
8232
 
8233
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
8234
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
8235
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
8236
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
8237
 
8238
                /* This instruction is an immediate load.  The value loaded is
8239
                   the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
8240
                   start of the .rela.plt section.  The value is stored in the
8241
                   low-order 16 bits of the load instruction.  */
8242
                /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
8243
                   prescaled offset.  */
8244
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8245
                            plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
8246
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
8247
                /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
8248
                   the start of the PLT section.  The address of this branch
8249
                   instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
8250
                   The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive.  The value
8251
                   stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
8252
                   offset.  */
8253
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8254
                            (plt_entry[5]
8255
                             | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
8256
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
8257
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
8258
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
8259
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
8260
                            htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
8261
 
8262
                /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
8263
                   the address immediately after the the "bctr" instruction
8264
                   in this PLT entry.  */
8265
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8266
                                         + htab->plt->output_offset
8267
                                         + ent->plt.offset + 16),
8268
                            htab->sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
8269
 
8270
                if (!info->shared)
8271
                  {
8272
                    /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded.  */
8273
                    loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
8274
                      + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
8275
                          * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
8276
                         * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8277
 
8278
                    /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction.  */
8279
                    rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8280
                                     + htab->plt->output_offset
8281
                                     + ent->plt.offset + 2);
8282
                    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
8283
                                                R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8284
                    rela.r_addend = got_offset;
8285
                    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8286
                    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8287
 
8288
                    /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction.  */
8289
                    rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8290
                                     + htab->plt->output_offset
8291
                                     + ent->plt.offset + 6);
8292
                    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
8293
                                                R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8294
                    rela.r_addend = got_offset;
8295
                    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8296
                    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8297
 
8298
                    /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
8299
                       PLT slot.  Point it at the middle of the .plt entry.  */
8300
                    rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
8301
                                     + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
8302
                                     + got_offset);
8303
                    rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
8304
                                                R_PPC_ADDR32);
8305
                    rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
8306
                    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8307
                  }
8308
 
8309
                /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
8310
                   In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
8311
                   address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
8312
                   by the ABI.  Instead, the offset is set to the address of
8313
                   the GOT slot for this function.  See EABI 4.4.4.1.  */
8314
                rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
8315
                                 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
8316
                                 + got_offset);
8317
 
8318
              }
8319
            else
8320
              {
8321
                asection *splt = htab->plt;
8322
                if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8323
                    || h->dynindx == -1)
8324
                  splt = htab->iplt;
8325
 
8326
                rela.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
8327
                                 + splt->output_offset
8328
                                 + ent->plt.offset);
8329
                if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
8330
                    || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8331
                    || h->dynindx == -1)
8332
                  {
8333
                    /* We don't need to fill in the .plt.  The ppc dynamic
8334
                       linker will fill it in.  */
8335
                  }
8336
                else
8337
                  {
8338
                    bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
8339
                                   + htab->glink->output_section->vma
8340
                                   + htab->glink->output_offset);
8341
                    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val,
8342
                                splt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
8343
                  }
8344
              }
8345
 
8346
            /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
8347
            rela.r_addend = 0;
8348
            if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8349
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8350
              {
8351
                BFD_ASSERT (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
8352
                            && h->def_regular
8353
                            && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8354
                                || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
8355
                rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8356
                rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
8357
              }
8358
            else
8359
              rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
8360
 
8361
            if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8362
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8363
              loc = (htab->reliplt->contents
8364
                     + (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++
8365
                        * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
8366
            else
8367
              loc = (htab->relplt->contents
8368
                     + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
8369
            bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8370
 
8371
            if (!h->def_regular)
8372
              {
8373
                /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
8374
                   defined in the .plt section.  Leave the value if
8375
                   there were any relocations where pointer equality
8376
                   matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
8377
                   make function pointer comparisons work between an
8378
                   application and shared library), otherwise set it
8379
                   to zero.  */
8380
                sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
8381
                if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
8382
                  sym->st_value = 0;
8383
                else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
8384
                  {
8385
                    /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
8386
                       that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
8387
                       function pointer.  */
8388
                    sym->st_value = 0;
8389
                  }
8390
              }
8391
            else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
8392
                     && !info->shared)
8393
              {
8394
                /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
8395
                   executable to the glink entry.  This is to avoid
8396
                   text relocations.  We can't do this for ifunc in
8397
                   allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
8398
                   function symbols with plt entries, because we need
8399
                   to keep the original value around for the ifunc
8400
                   relocation.  */
8401
                sym->st_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8402
                                 (output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
8403
                sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset +
8404
                                 htab->glink->output_offset
8405
                                 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
8406
              }
8407
            doneone = TRUE;
8408
          }
8409
 
8410
        if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
8411
            || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8412
            || h->dynindx == -1)
8413
          {
8414
            unsigned char *p;
8415
            asection *splt = htab->plt;
8416
            if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8417
                || h->dynindx == -1)
8418
              splt = htab->iplt;
8419
 
8420
            p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
8421
 
8422
            if (h == htab->tls_get_addr && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
8423
              {
8424
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
8425
                p += 4;
8426
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
8427
                p += 4;
8428
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
8429
                p += 4;
8430
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
8431
                p += 4;
8432
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
8433
                p += 4;
8434
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
8435
                p += 4;
8436
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
8437
                p += 4;
8438
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
8439
                p += 4;
8440
              }
8441
 
8442
            write_glink_stub (ent, splt, p, info);
8443
 
8444
            if (!info->shared)
8445
              /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub.  */
8446
              break;
8447
          }
8448
        else
8449
          break;
8450
      }
8451
 
8452
  if (h->needs_copy)
8453
    {
8454
      asection *s;
8455
      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8456
      bfd_byte *loc;
8457
 
8458
      /* This symbols needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
8459
 
8460
#ifdef DEBUG
8461
      fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
8462
#endif
8463
 
8464
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
8465
 
8466
      if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
8467
        s = htab->relsbss;
8468
      else
8469
        s = htab->relbss;
8470
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
8471
 
8472
      rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
8473
      rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
8474
      rela.r_addend = 0;
8475
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8476
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8477
    }
8478
 
8479
#ifdef DEBUG
8480
  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
8481
#endif
8482
 
8483
  /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute.  */
8484
  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8485
      || (!htab->is_vxworks
8486
          && (h == htab->elf.hgot
8487
              || strcmp (h->root.root.string,
8488
                         "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_") == 0)))
8489
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
8490
 
8491
  return TRUE;
8492
}
8493
 
8494
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
8495
ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
8496
{
8497
  switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
8498
    {
8499
    case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8500
      return reloc_class_relative;
8501
    case R_PPC_REL24:
8502
    case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8503
    case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8504
      return reloc_class_plt;
8505
    case R_PPC_COPY:
8506
      return reloc_class_copy;
8507
    default:
8508
      return reloc_class_normal;
8509
    }
8510
}
8511
 
8512
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
8513
 
8514
static bfd_boolean
8515
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8516
                                 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8517
{
8518
  asection *sdyn;
8519
  asection *splt;
8520
  struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8521
  bfd_vma got;
8522
  bfd *dynobj;
8523
  bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
8524
 
8525
#ifdef DEBUG
8526
  fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
8527
#endif
8528
 
8529
  htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
8530
  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8531
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
8532
  if (htab->is_vxworks)
8533
    splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
8534
  else
8535
    splt = NULL;
8536
 
8537
  got = 0;
8538
  if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
8539
    got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8540
 
8541
  if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
8542
    {
8543
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
8544
 
8545
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
8546
 
8547
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
8548
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
8549
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
8550
        {
8551
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
8552
          asection *s;
8553
 
8554
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
8555
 
8556
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
8557
            {
8558
            case DT_PLTGOT:
8559
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
8560
                s = htab->sgotplt;
8561
              else
8562
                s = htab->plt;
8563
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8564
              break;
8565
 
8566
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
8567
              dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->relplt->size;
8568
              break;
8569
 
8570
            case DT_JMPREL:
8571
              s = htab->relplt;
8572
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
8573
              break;
8574
 
8575
            case DT_PPC_GOT:
8576
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
8577
              break;
8578
 
8579
            case DT_RELASZ:
8580
              if (htab->is_vxworks)
8581
                {
8582
                  if (htab->relplt)
8583
                    dyn.d_un.d_ptr -= htab->relplt->size;
8584
                  break;
8585
                }
8586
              continue;
8587
 
8588
            default:
8589
              if (htab->is_vxworks
8590
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
8591
                break;
8592
              continue;
8593
            }
8594
 
8595
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
8596
        }
8597
    }
8598
 
8599
  if (htab->got != NULL)
8600
    {
8601
      if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->got
8602
          || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->sgotplt)
8603
        {
8604
          unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
8605
 
8606
          p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
8607
          if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
8608
            {
8609
              /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
8610
                 so that a function can easily find the address of
8611
                 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
8612
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
8613
                          < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
8614
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
8615
            }
8616
 
8617
          if (sdyn != NULL)
8618
            {
8619
              bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
8620
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
8621
                          < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
8622
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
8623
            }
8624
        }
8625
      else
8626
        {
8627
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s not defined in linker created %s"),
8628
                                 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
8629
                                 (htab->sgotplt != NULL
8630
                                  ? htab->sgotplt->name : htab->got->name));
8631
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8632
          ret = FALSE;
8633
        }
8634
 
8635
      elf_section_data (htab->got->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
8636
    }
8637
 
8638
  /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table.  */
8639
  if (splt && splt->size > 0)
8640
    {
8641
      /* Use the right PLT. */
8642
      static const bfd_vma *plt_entry = NULL;
8643
      plt_entry = info->shared ?
8644
        ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry;
8645
 
8646
      if (!info->shared)
8647
        {
8648
          bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8649
 
8650
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
8651
                      splt->contents +  0);
8652
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
8653
                      splt->contents +  4);
8654
        }
8655
      else
8656
        {
8657
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents +  0);
8658
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents +  4);
8659
        }
8660
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents +  8);
8661
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
8662
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
8663
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
8664
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
8665
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
8666
 
8667
      if (! info->shared)
8668
        {
8669
          Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
8670
          bfd_byte *loc;
8671
 
8672
          loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
8673
 
8674
          /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction.  */
8675
          rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8676
                           + htab->plt->output_offset
8677
                           + 2);
8678
          rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8679
          rela.r_addend = 0;
8680
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8681
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8682
 
8683
          /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction.  */
8684
          rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma
8685
                           + htab->plt->output_offset
8686
                           + 6);
8687
          rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8688
          rela.r_addend = 0;
8689
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
8690
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8691
 
8692
          /* Fix up the remaining relocations.  They may have the wrong
8693
             symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8694
             in which symbols were output.  */
8695
          while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
8696
            {
8697
              Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
8698
 
8699
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8700
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8701
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8702
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8703
 
8704
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8705
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8706
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8707
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8708
 
8709
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
8710
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
8711
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
8712
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8713
            }
8714
        }
8715
    }
8716
 
8717
  if (htab->glink != NULL
8718
      && htab->glink->contents != NULL
8719
      && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
8720
    {
8721
      unsigned char *p;
8722
      unsigned char *endp;
8723
      bfd_vma res0;
8724
      unsigned int i;
8725
 
8726
      /*
8727
       * PIC glink code is the following:
8728
       *
8729
       * # ith PLT code stub.
8730
       *   addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
8731
       *   lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
8732
       *   mtctr 11
8733
       *   bctr
8734
       *
8735
       * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
8736
       * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
8737
       * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
8738
       * res_0: b PLTresolve
8739
       * res_1: b PLTresolve
8740
       * .
8741
       * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
8742
       * res_n_m3: nop
8743
       * res_n_m2: nop
8744
       * res_n_m1:
8745
       *
8746
       * PLTresolve:
8747
       *    addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
8748
       *    mflr 0
8749
       *    bcl 20,31,1f
8750
       * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
8751
       *    mflr 12
8752
       *    mtlr 0
8753
       *    sub 11,11,12                # r11 = index * 4
8754
       *    addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
8755
       *    lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12)      # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
8756
       *    lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12)     # got[2] contains the map address
8757
       *    mtctr 0
8758
       *    add 0,11,11
8759
       *    add 11,0,11                 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
8760
       *    bctr
8761
       */
8762
      static const unsigned int pic_plt_resolve[] =
8763
        {
8764
          ADDIS_11_11,
8765
          MFLR_0,
8766
          BCL_20_31,
8767
          ADDI_11_11,
8768
          MFLR_12,
8769
          MTLR_0,
8770
          SUB_11_11_12,
8771
          ADDIS_12_12,
8772
          LWZ_0_12,
8773
          LWZ_12_12,
8774
          MTCTR_0,
8775
          ADD_0_11_11,
8776
          ADD_11_0_11,
8777
          BCTR,
8778
          NOP,
8779
          NOP
8780
        };
8781
 
8782
      /*
8783
       * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
8784
       *
8785
       * # ith PLT code stub.
8786
       *   lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
8787
       *   lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
8788
       *   mtctr 11
8789
       *   bctr
8790
       *
8791
       * The branch table is the same, then comes
8792
       *
8793
       * PLTresolve:
8794
       *    lis 12,(got+4)@ha
8795
       *    addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
8796
       *    lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12)         # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
8797
       *    addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l       # r11 = index * 4
8798
       *    mtctr 0
8799
       *    add 0,11,11
8800
       *    lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12)        # got[2] contains the map address
8801
       *    add 11,0,11                 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
8802
       *    bctr
8803
       */
8804
      static const unsigned int plt_resolve[] =
8805
        {
8806
          LIS_12,
8807
          ADDIS_11_11,
8808
          LWZ_0_12,
8809
          ADDI_11_11,
8810
          MTCTR_0,
8811
          ADD_0_11_11,
8812
          LWZ_12_12,
8813
          ADD_11_0_11,
8814
          BCTR,
8815
          NOP,
8816
          NOP,
8817
          NOP,
8818
          NOP,
8819
          NOP,
8820
          NOP,
8821
          NOP
8822
        };
8823
 
8824
      if (ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4)
8825
        abort ();
8826
      if (ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4)
8827
        abort ();
8828
 
8829
      /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
8830
         and perhaps some padding.  */
8831
      p = htab->glink->contents;
8832
      p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
8833
      endp = htab->glink->contents;
8834
      endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
8835
      while (p < endp - 8 * 4)
8836
        {
8837
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
8838
          p += 4;
8839
        }
8840
      while (p < endp)
8841
        {
8842
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
8843
          p += 4;
8844
        }
8845
 
8846
      res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
8847
              + htab->glink->output_section->vma
8848
              + htab->glink->output_offset);
8849
 
8850
      /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub.  */
8851
      if (info->shared)
8852
        {
8853
          bfd_vma bcl;
8854
 
8855
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve); i++)
8856
            {
8857
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, pic_plt_resolve[i], p);
8858
              p += 4;
8859
            }
8860
          p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve);
8861
 
8862
          bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
8863
                 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
8864
                 + htab->glink->output_offset);
8865
 
8866
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8867
                      ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p + 0*4);
8868
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8869
                      ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p + 3*4);
8870
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8871
                      ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p + 7*4);
8872
          if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
8873
            {
8874
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8875
                          LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4);
8876
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8877
                          LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p + 9*4);
8878
            }
8879
          else
8880
            {
8881
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8882
                          LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4);
8883
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8884
                          LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 9*4);
8885
            }
8886
        }
8887
      else
8888
        {
8889
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve); i++)
8890
            {
8891
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_resolve[i], p);
8892
              p += 4;
8893
            }
8894
          p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve);
8895
 
8896
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8897
                      LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p + 0*4);
8898
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8899
                      ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p + 1*4);
8900
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8901
                      ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p + 3*4);
8902
          if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
8903
            {
8904
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8905
                          LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4);
8906
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8907
                          LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p + 6*4);
8908
            }
8909
          else
8910
            {
8911
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8912
                          LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4);
8913
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
8914
                          LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 6*4);
8915
            }
8916
        }
8917
    }
8918
 
8919
  return ret;
8920
}
8921
 
8922
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM       bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec
8923
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME      "elf32-powerpcle"
8924
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec
8925
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-powerpc"
8926
#define ELF_ARCH                bfd_arch_powerpc
8927
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE        EM_PPC
8928
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
8929
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x1000
8930
#else
8931
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x10000
8932
#endif
8933
#define ELF_MINPAGESIZE         0x1000
8934
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE      0x1000
8935
#define elf_info_to_howto       ppc_elf_info_to_howto
8936
 
8937
#ifdef  EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
8938
#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1        EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
8939
#endif
8940
 
8941
#ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
8942
#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2        EM_PPC_OLD
8943
#endif
8944
 
8945
#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded      1
8946
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
8947
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
8948
#define elf_backend_rela_normal         1
8949
 
8950
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject                      ppc_elf_mkobject
8951
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data    ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
8952
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section             ppc_elf_relax_section
8953
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup         ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
8954
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
8955
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags         ppc_elf_set_private_flags
8956
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create    ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
8957
#define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab          ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
8958
 
8959
#define elf_backend_object_p                    ppc_elf_object_p
8960
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook                ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
8961
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook               ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook
8962
#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr           ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
8963
#define elf_backend_relocate_section            ppc_elf_relocate_section
8964
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections     ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
8965
#define elf_backend_check_relocs                ppc_elf_check_relocs
8966
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol        ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
8967
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol       ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
8968
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook             ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
8969
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections       ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
8970
#define elf_backend_hash_symbol                 ppc_elf_hash_symbol
8971
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol       ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
8972
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections     ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
8973
#define elf_backend_fake_sections               ppc_elf_fake_sections
8974
#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers  ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
8975
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus               ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
8976
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo                 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
8977
#define elf_backend_write_core_note             ppc_elf_write_core_note
8978
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class            ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
8979
#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing      ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
8980
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing      ppc_elf_final_write_processing
8981
#define elf_backend_write_section               ppc_elf_write_section
8982
#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr           ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
8983
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val                 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
8984
#define elf_backend_action_discarded            ppc_elf_action_discarded
8985
#define elf_backend_init_index_section          _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
8986
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers        _bfd_elf_set_osabi
8987
 
8988
#include "elf32-target.h"
8989
 
8990
/* VxWorks Target */
8991
 
8992
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
8993
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
8994
 
8995
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
8996
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_powerpc_vxworks_vec
8997
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
8998
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
8999
 
9000
/* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt.  */
9001
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
9002
ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec)
9003
{
9004
  if (sec->name == NULL)
9005
    return NULL;
9006
 
9007
  if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
9008
    return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
9009
 
9010
  return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
9011
}
9012
 
9013
/* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
9014
   appropriately for VxWorks.  */
9015
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
9016
ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
9017
{
9018
  struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
9019
 
9020
  ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
9021
  if (ret)
9022
    {
9023
      struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
9024
        = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
9025
      htab->is_vxworks = 1;
9026
      htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
9027
      htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
9028
      htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
9029
      htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
9030
    }
9031
  return ret;
9032
}
9033
 
9034
/* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded.  */
9035
static bfd_boolean
9036
ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
9037
                                 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9038
                                 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9039
                                 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9040
                                 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9041
                                 asection **secp,
9042
                                 bfd_vma *valp)
9043
{
9044
  if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp,
9045
                                   valp))
9046
    return FALSE;
9047
 
9048
  return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
9049
}
9050
 
9051
static void
9052
ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker)
9053
{
9054
  ppc_elf_final_write_processing(abfd, linker);
9055
  elf_vxworks_final_write_processing(abfd, linker);
9056
}
9057
 
9058
/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
9059
   define it.  */
9060
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
9061
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym                1
9062
#undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
9063
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt                1
9064
#undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
9065
#define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset           0
9066
#undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
9067
#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded              0
9068
#undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
9069
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly                1
9070
#undef elf_backend_got_header_size
9071
#define elf_backend_got_header_size             12
9072
 
9073
#undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
9074
 
9075
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
9076
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
9077
  ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
9078
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
9079
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
9080
  ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
9081
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
9082
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
9083
  elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
9084
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
9085
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
9086
  ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
9087
#undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
9088
#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
9089
  ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
9090
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
9091
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
9092
  elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
9093
 
9094
#undef elf32_bed
9095
#define elf32_bed                               ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
9096
#undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
9097
 
9098
#include "elf32-target.h"

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.